ctdb-build: Remove duplicate talloc library

Signed-off-by: Amitay Isaacs <amitay@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Adam <obnox@samba.org>

44 files changed, 0 insertions, 11915 deletions

diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/pytalloc-util-2.0.6.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/pytalloc-util-2.0.6.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 961c1a84d0b..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/pytalloc-util-2.0.6.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-pytalloc_CObject_FromTallocPtr: PyObject *(void *)
-pytalloc_Check: int (PyObject *)
-pytalloc_GetObjectType: PyTypeObject *(void)
-pytalloc_reference_ex: PyObject *(PyTypeObject *, TALLOC_CTX *, void *)
-pytalloc_steal: PyObject *(PyTypeObject *, void *)
-pytalloc_steal_ex: PyObject *(PyTypeObject *, TALLOC_CTX *, void *)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/pytalloc-util-2.0.7.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/pytalloc-util-2.0.7.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 961c1a84d0b..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/pytalloc-util-2.0.7.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-pytalloc_CObject_FromTallocPtr: PyObject *(void *)
-pytalloc_Check: int (PyObject *)
-pytalloc_GetObjectType: PyTypeObject *(void)
-pytalloc_reference_ex: PyObject *(PyTypeObject *, TALLOC_CTX *, void *)
-pytalloc_steal: PyObject *(PyTypeObject *, void *)
-pytalloc_steal_ex: PyObject *(PyTypeObject *, TALLOC_CTX *, void *)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/pytalloc-util-2.0.8.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/pytalloc-util-2.0.8.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 961c1a84d0b..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/pytalloc-util-2.0.8.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-pytalloc_CObject_FromTallocPtr: PyObject *(void *)
-pytalloc_Check: int (PyObject *)
-pytalloc_GetObjectType: PyTypeObject *(void)
-pytalloc_reference_ex: PyObject *(PyTypeObject *, TALLOC_CTX *, void *)
-pytalloc_steal: PyObject *(PyTypeObject *, void *)
-pytalloc_steal_ex: PyObject *(PyTypeObject *, TALLOC_CTX *, void *)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.2.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.2.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e236d52ac9..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.2.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-_talloc: void *(const void *, size_t)
-_talloc_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_free: int (void *, const char *)
-_talloc_get_type_abort: void *(const void *, const char *, const char *)
-_talloc_memdup: void *(const void *, const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_move: void *(const void *, const void *)
-_talloc_realloc: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_realloc_array: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_reference_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_set_destructor: void (const void *, int (*)(void *))
-_talloc_steal_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_zero: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_zero_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-talloc_asprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_autofree_context: void *(void)
-talloc_check_name: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_disable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report_full: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree: void (void)
-talloc_find_parent_byname: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_free_children: void (void *)
-talloc_get_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_get_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_increase_ref_count: int (const void *)
-talloc_init: void *(const char *, ...)
-talloc_is_parent: int (const void *, const void *)
-talloc_named: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *, ...)
-talloc_named_const: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-talloc_parent: void *(const void *)
-talloc_parent_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_pool: void *(const void *, size_t)
-talloc_realloc_fn: void *(const void *, void *, size_t)
-talloc_reference_count: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_reparent: void *(const void *, const void *, const void *)
-talloc_report: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_report_depth_cb: void (const void *, int, int, void (*)(const void *, int, int, int, void *), void *)
-talloc_report_depth_file: void (const void *, int, int, FILE *)
-talloc_report_full: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_set_abort_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_stderr: void (void)
-talloc_set_name: const char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_set_name_const: void (const void *, const char *)
-talloc_show_parents: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_strdup: char *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strndup: char *(const void *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_total_blocks: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_total_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_unlink: int (const void *, void *)
-talloc_vasprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_version_major: int (void)
-talloc_version_minor: int (void)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.3.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.3.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e236d52ac9..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.3.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-_talloc: void *(const void *, size_t)
-_talloc_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_free: int (void *, const char *)
-_talloc_get_type_abort: void *(const void *, const char *, const char *)
-_talloc_memdup: void *(const void *, const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_move: void *(const void *, const void *)
-_talloc_realloc: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_realloc_array: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_reference_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_set_destructor: void (const void *, int (*)(void *))
-_talloc_steal_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_zero: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_zero_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-talloc_asprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_autofree_context: void *(void)
-talloc_check_name: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_disable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report_full: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree: void (void)
-talloc_find_parent_byname: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_free_children: void (void *)
-talloc_get_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_get_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_increase_ref_count: int (const void *)
-talloc_init: void *(const char *, ...)
-talloc_is_parent: int (const void *, const void *)
-talloc_named: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *, ...)
-talloc_named_const: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-talloc_parent: void *(const void *)
-talloc_parent_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_pool: void *(const void *, size_t)
-talloc_realloc_fn: void *(const void *, void *, size_t)
-talloc_reference_count: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_reparent: void *(const void *, const void *, const void *)
-talloc_report: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_report_depth_cb: void (const void *, int, int, void (*)(const void *, int, int, int, void *), void *)
-talloc_report_depth_file: void (const void *, int, int, FILE *)
-talloc_report_full: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_set_abort_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_stderr: void (void)
-talloc_set_name: const char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_set_name_const: void (const void *, const char *)
-talloc_show_parents: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_strdup: char *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strndup: char *(const void *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_total_blocks: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_total_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_unlink: int (const void *, void *)
-talloc_vasprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_version_major: int (void)
-talloc_version_minor: int (void)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.4.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.4.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e236d52ac9..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.4.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-_talloc: void *(const void *, size_t)
-_talloc_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_free: int (void *, const char *)
-_talloc_get_type_abort: void *(const void *, const char *, const char *)
-_talloc_memdup: void *(const void *, const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_move: void *(const void *, const void *)
-_talloc_realloc: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_realloc_array: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_reference_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_set_destructor: void (const void *, int (*)(void *))
-_talloc_steal_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_zero: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_zero_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-talloc_asprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_autofree_context: void *(void)
-talloc_check_name: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_disable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report_full: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree: void (void)
-talloc_find_parent_byname: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_free_children: void (void *)
-talloc_get_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_get_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_increase_ref_count: int (const void *)
-talloc_init: void *(const char *, ...)
-talloc_is_parent: int (const void *, const void *)
-talloc_named: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *, ...)
-talloc_named_const: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-talloc_parent: void *(const void *)
-talloc_parent_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_pool: void *(const void *, size_t)
-talloc_realloc_fn: void *(const void *, void *, size_t)
-talloc_reference_count: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_reparent: void *(const void *, const void *, const void *)
-talloc_report: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_report_depth_cb: void (const void *, int, int, void (*)(const void *, int, int, int, void *), void *)
-talloc_report_depth_file: void (const void *, int, int, FILE *)
-talloc_report_full: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_set_abort_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_stderr: void (void)
-talloc_set_name: const char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_set_name_const: void (const void *, const char *)
-talloc_show_parents: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_strdup: char *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strndup: char *(const void *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_total_blocks: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_total_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_unlink: int (const void *, void *)
-talloc_vasprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_version_major: int (void)
-talloc_version_minor: int (void)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.5.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.5.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e236d52ac9..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.5.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-_talloc: void *(const void *, size_t)
-_talloc_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_free: int (void *, const char *)
-_talloc_get_type_abort: void *(const void *, const char *, const char *)
-_talloc_memdup: void *(const void *, const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_move: void *(const void *, const void *)
-_talloc_realloc: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_realloc_array: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_reference_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_set_destructor: void (const void *, int (*)(void *))
-_talloc_steal_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_zero: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_zero_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-talloc_asprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_autofree_context: void *(void)
-talloc_check_name: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_disable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report_full: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree: void (void)
-talloc_find_parent_byname: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_free_children: void (void *)
-talloc_get_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_get_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_increase_ref_count: int (const void *)
-talloc_init: void *(const char *, ...)
-talloc_is_parent: int (const void *, const void *)
-talloc_named: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *, ...)
-talloc_named_const: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-talloc_parent: void *(const void *)
-talloc_parent_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_pool: void *(const void *, size_t)
-talloc_realloc_fn: void *(const void *, void *, size_t)
-talloc_reference_count: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_reparent: void *(const void *, const void *, const void *)
-talloc_report: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_report_depth_cb: void (const void *, int, int, void (*)(const void *, int, int, int, void *), void *)
-talloc_report_depth_file: void (const void *, int, int, FILE *)
-talloc_report_full: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_set_abort_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_stderr: void (void)
-talloc_set_name: const char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_set_name_const: void (const void *, const char *)
-talloc_show_parents: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_strdup: char *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strndup: char *(const void *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_total_blocks: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_total_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_unlink: int (const void *, void *)
-talloc_vasprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_version_major: int (void)
-talloc_version_minor: int (void)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.6.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.6.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e236d52ac9..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.6.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-_talloc: void *(const void *, size_t)
-_talloc_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_free: int (void *, const char *)
-_talloc_get_type_abort: void *(const void *, const char *, const char *)
-_talloc_memdup: void *(const void *, const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_move: void *(const void *, const void *)
-_talloc_realloc: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_realloc_array: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_reference_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_set_destructor: void (const void *, int (*)(void *))
-_talloc_steal_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_zero: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_zero_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-talloc_asprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_autofree_context: void *(void)
-talloc_check_name: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_disable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report_full: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree: void (void)
-talloc_find_parent_byname: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_free_children: void (void *)
-talloc_get_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_get_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_increase_ref_count: int (const void *)
-talloc_init: void *(const char *, ...)
-talloc_is_parent: int (const void *, const void *)
-talloc_named: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *, ...)
-talloc_named_const: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-talloc_parent: void *(const void *)
-talloc_parent_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_pool: void *(const void *, size_t)
-talloc_realloc_fn: void *(const void *, void *, size_t)
-talloc_reference_count: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_reparent: void *(const void *, const void *, const void *)
-talloc_report: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_report_depth_cb: void (const void *, int, int, void (*)(const void *, int, int, int, void *), void *)
-talloc_report_depth_file: void (const void *, int, int, FILE *)
-talloc_report_full: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_set_abort_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_stderr: void (void)
-talloc_set_name: const char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_set_name_const: void (const void *, const char *)
-talloc_show_parents: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_strdup: char *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strndup: char *(const void *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_total_blocks: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_total_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_unlink: int (const void *, void *)
-talloc_vasprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_version_major: int (void)
-talloc_version_minor: int (void)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.7.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.7.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e236d52ac9..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.7.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-_talloc: void *(const void *, size_t)
-_talloc_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_free: int (void *, const char *)
-_talloc_get_type_abort: void *(const void *, const char *, const char *)
-_talloc_memdup: void *(const void *, const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_move: void *(const void *, const void *)
-_talloc_realloc: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_realloc_array: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_reference_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_set_destructor: void (const void *, int (*)(void *))
-_talloc_steal_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_zero: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_zero_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-talloc_asprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_autofree_context: void *(void)
-talloc_check_name: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_disable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report_full: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree: void (void)
-talloc_find_parent_byname: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_free_children: void (void *)
-talloc_get_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_get_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_increase_ref_count: int (const void *)
-talloc_init: void *(const char *, ...)
-talloc_is_parent: int (const void *, const void *)
-talloc_named: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *, ...)
-talloc_named_const: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-talloc_parent: void *(const void *)
-talloc_parent_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_pool: void *(const void *, size_t)
-talloc_realloc_fn: void *(const void *, void *, size_t)
-talloc_reference_count: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_reparent: void *(const void *, const void *, const void *)
-talloc_report: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_report_depth_cb: void (const void *, int, int, void (*)(const void *, int, int, int, void *), void *)
-talloc_report_depth_file: void (const void *, int, int, FILE *)
-talloc_report_full: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_set_abort_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_stderr: void (void)
-talloc_set_name: const char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_set_name_const: void (const void *, const char *)
-talloc_show_parents: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_strdup: char *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strndup: char *(const void *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_total_blocks: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_total_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_unlink: int (const void *, void *)
-talloc_vasprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_version_major: int (void)
-talloc_version_minor: int (void)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.8.sigs b/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.8.sigs
deleted file mode 100644
index 15a9e9554fc..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/ABI/talloc-2.0.8.sigs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-_talloc: void *(const void *, size_t)
-_talloc_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_free: int (void *, const char *)
-_talloc_get_type_abort: void *(const void *, const char *, const char *)
-_talloc_memdup: void *(const void *, const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_move: void *(const void *, const void *)
-_talloc_realloc: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_realloc_array: void *(const void *, void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-_talloc_reference_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_set_destructor: void (const void *, int (*)(void *))
-_talloc_steal_loc: void *(const void *, const void *, const char *)
-_talloc_zero: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-_talloc_zero_array: void *(const void *, size_t, unsigned int, const char *)
-talloc_asprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_asprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_autofree_context: void *(void)
-talloc_check_name: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_disable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report: void (void)
-talloc_enable_leak_report_full: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking: void (void)
-talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree: void (void)
-talloc_find_parent_byname: void *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_free_children: void (void *)
-talloc_get_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_get_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_increase_ref_count: int (const void *)
-talloc_init: void *(const char *, ...)
-talloc_is_parent: int (const void *, const void *)
-talloc_named: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *, ...)
-talloc_named_const: void *(const void *, size_t, const char *)
-talloc_parent: void *(const void *)
-talloc_parent_name: const char *(const void *)
-talloc_pool: void *(const void *, size_t)
-talloc_realloc_fn: void *(const void *, void *, size_t)
-talloc_reference_count: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_reparent: void *(const void *, const void *, const void *)
-talloc_report: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_report_depth_cb: void (const void *, int, int, void (*)(const void *, int, int, int, void *), void *)
-talloc_report_depth_file: void (const void *, int, int, FILE *)
-talloc_report_full: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_set_abort_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_fn: void (void (*)(const char *))
-talloc_set_log_stderr: void (void)
-talloc_set_memlimit: int (const void *, size_t)
-talloc_set_name: const char *(const void *, const char *, ...)
-talloc_set_name_const: void (const void *, const char *)
-talloc_show_parents: void (const void *, FILE *)
-talloc_strdup: char *(const void *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strdup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *)
-talloc_strndup: char *(const void *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_strndup_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, size_t)
-talloc_total_blocks: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_total_size: size_t (const void *)
-talloc_unlink: int (const void *, void *)
-talloc_vasprintf: char *(const void *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer: char *(char *, const char *, va_list)
-talloc_version_major: int (void)
-talloc_version_minor: int (void)
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/NEWS b/ctdb/lib/talloc/NEWS
deleted file mode 100644
index e5b3aa0731c..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/NEWS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-1.0.1	26 May 2007
-
- BUGS
-  
-   * Set name of correctly when using talloc_append_string() (metze)
-
- LICENSE
-   
-   * Change license of files in lib/replace to LGPL (was GPL). (jelmer)
-
-1.0.0	30 April 2007
- 
- Initial release.
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/compat/talloc_compat1.c b/ctdb/lib/talloc/compat/talloc_compat1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 519e8c3a833..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/compat/talloc_compat1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/*
-   Samba trivial allocation library - compat functions
-
-   Copyright (C) Stefan Metzmacher 2009
-
-     ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc
-     ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
-     ** under the LGPL
-
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-/*
- * This file contains only function to build a
- * compat talloc.so.1 library on top of talloc.so.2
- */
-
-#include "replace.h"
-#include "talloc.h"
-
-void *_talloc_reference(const void *context, const void *ptr);
-void *_talloc_reference(const void *context, const void *ptr) {
-	return _talloc_reference_loc(context, ptr,
-				     "Called from talloc compat1 "
-				     "_talloc_reference");
-}
-
-void *_talloc_steal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr);
-void *_talloc_steal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr)
-{
-	return talloc_reparent(talloc_parent(ptr), new_ctx, ptr);
-}
-
-#undef talloc_free
-int talloc_free(void *ptr);
-int talloc_free(void *ptr)
-{
-	return talloc_unlink(talloc_parent(ptr), ptr);
-}
-
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/compat/talloc_compat1.m4 b/ctdb/lib/talloc/compat/talloc_compat1.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ec530e0799..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/compat/talloc_compat1.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-TALLOC_COMPAT1_MK=""
-AC_SUBST(TALLOC_COMPAT1_MK)
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(talloc-compat1,
-	[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-talloc-compat1],
-		[Build talloc 1.x.x compat library [default=no]])],
-	[ enable_talloc_compat1=$enableval ],
-	[ enable_talloc_compat1=no ]
-)
-
-if test "x$enable_talloc_compat1" = x"yes"; then
-	TALLOC_COMPAT1_MK='include $(tallocdir)/compat/talloc_compat1.mk'
-fi
-
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/compat/talloc_compat1.mk b/ctdb/lib/talloc/compat/talloc_compat1.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index d1817f0f717..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/compat/talloc_compat1.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-talloccompatdir := $(tallocdir)/compat
-
-TALLOC_COMPAT1_VERSION_MAJOR = 1
-TALLOC_COMPAT1_OBJ = $(talloccompatdir)/talloc_compat1.o
-
-TALLOC_COMPAT1_SOLIB = libtalloc-compat1-$(TALLOC_VERSION).$(SHLIBEXT)
-TALLOC_COMPAT1_SONAME = libtalloc.$(SHLIBEXT).$(TALLOC_COMPAT1_VERSION_MAJOR)
-
-$(TALLOC_COMPAT1_SOLIB): $(TALLOC_COMPAT1_OBJ) $(TALLOC_SOLIB)
-	$(SHLD) $(SHLD_FLAGS) -o $@ $(TALLOC_COMPAT1_OBJ) \
-		$(TALLOC_SOLIB) $(SONAMEFLAG)$(TALLOC_COMPAT1_SONAME)
-
-all:: $(TALLOC_COMPAT1_SOLIB)
-
-install::
-	${INSTALLCMD} -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 $(TALLOC_COMPAT1_SOLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
-
-clean::
-	rm -f $(TALLOC_COMPAT1_OBJ) $(TALLOC_COMPAT1_SOLIB)
-
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/context.png b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/context.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 48a6ca0e6a0..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/context.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/context_tree.png b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/context_tree.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 97234593376..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/context_tree.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/mainpage.dox b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/mainpage.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b56898a087..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/mainpage.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @mainpage
- *
- * talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with
- * destructors. It is the core memory allocator used in Samba.
- *
- * @section talloc_download Download
- *
- * You can download the latest releases of talloc from the
- * <a href="http://samba.org/ftp/talloc" target="_blank">talloc directory</a>
- * on the samba public source archive.
- *
- * @section main-tutorial Tutorial
- *
- * You should start by reading @subpage libtalloc_tutorial, then reading the documentation of
- * the interesting functions as you go.
-
- * @section talloc_bugs Discussion and bug reports
- *
- * talloc does not currently have its own mailing list or bug tracking system.
- * For now, please use the
- * <a href="https://lists.samba.org/mailman/listinfo/samba-technical" target="_blank">samba-technical</a>
- * mailing list, and the
- * <a href="http://bugzilla.samba.org/" target="_blank">Samba bugzilla</a>
- * bug tracking system.
- *
- * @section talloc_devel Development
- * You can download the latest code either via git or rsync.
- *
- * To fetch via git see the following guide:
- *
- * <a href="http://wiki.samba.org/index.php/Using_Git_for_Samba_Development" target="_blank">Using Git for Samba Development</a>
- *
- * Once you have cloned the tree switch to the master branch and cd into the
- * lib/tevent directory.
- *
- * To fetch via rsync use this command:
- *
- * rsync -Pavz samba.org::ftp/unpacked/standalone_projects/lib/talloc .
- *
- * @section talloc_preample Preamble
- *
- * talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with
- * destructors.
- *
- * Perhaps the biggest difference from other memory pool systems is that there
- * is no distinction between a "talloc context" and a "talloc pointer". Any
- * pointer returned from talloc() is itself a valid talloc context. This means
- * you can do this:
- *
- * @code
- *      struct foo *X = talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo);
- *      X->name = talloc_strdup(X, "foo");
- * @endcode
- *
- * The pointer X->name would be a "child" of the talloc context "X" which is
- * itself a child of mem_ctx. So if you do talloc_free(mem_ctx) then it is all
- * destroyed, whereas if you do talloc_free(X) then just X and X->name are
- * destroyed, and if you do talloc_free(X->name) then just the name element of
- * X is destroyed.
- *
- * If you think about this, then what this effectively gives you is an n-ary
- * tree, where you can free any part of the tree with talloc_free().
- *
- * If you find this confusing, then run the testsuite to watch talloc in
- * action. You may also like to add your own tests to testsuite.c to clarify
- * how some particular situation is handled.
- *
- * @section talloc_performance Performance
- *
- * All the additional features of talloc() over malloc() do come at a price. We
- * have a simple performance test in Samba4 that measures talloc() versus
- * malloc() performance, and it seems that talloc() is about 4% slower than
- * malloc() on my x86 Debian Linux box. For Samba, the great reduction in code
- * complexity that we get by using talloc makes this worthwhile, especially as
- * the total overhead of talloc/malloc in Samba is already quite small.
- *
- * @section talloc_named Named blocks
- *
- * Every talloc chunk has a name that can be used as a dynamic type-checking
- * system. If for some reason like a callback function you had to cast a
- * "struct foo *" to a "void *" variable, later you can safely reassign the
- * "void *" pointer to a "struct foo *" by using the talloc_get_type() or
- * talloc_get_type_abort() macros.
- *
- * @code
- *      struct foo *X = talloc_get_type_abort(ptr, struct foo);
- * @endcode
- *
- * This will abort if "ptr" does not contain a pointer that has been created
- * with talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo).
- *
- * @section talloc_threading Multi-threading
- *
- * talloc itself does not deal with threads. It is thread-safe (assuming the
- * underlying "malloc" is), as long as each thread uses different memory
- * contexts.
- *
- * If two threads uses the same context then they need to synchronize in order
- * to be safe. In particular:
- *
- *   - when using talloc_enable_leak_report(), giving directly NULL as a parent
- *     context implicitly refers to a hidden "null context" global variable, so
- *     this should not be used in a multi-threaded environment without proper
- *     synchronization.
- *   - the context returned by talloc_autofree_context() is also global so
- *     shouldn't be used by several threads simultaneously without
- *     synchronization.
- *
- */
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/stealing.png b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/stealing.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8833e06a187..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/stealing.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_bestpractices.dox b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_bestpractices.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index 36344467433..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_bestpractices.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-/**
-@page libtalloc_bestpractices Chapter 7: Best practises
-
-The following sections contain several best practices and good manners that were
-found by the <a href="http://www.samba.org">Samba</a> and
-<a href="https://fedorahosted.org/sssd">SSSD</a> developers over the years.
-These will help you to write code which is better, easier to debug and with as
-few (hopefully none) memory leaks as possible.
-
-@section bp-hierarchy Keep the context hierarchy steady
-
-The talloc is a hierarchy memory allocator. The hierarchy nature is what makes
-the programming more error proof. It makes the memory easier to manage and to
-free.  Therefore, the first thing we should have on our mind is: always project
-your data structures into the talloc context hierarchy.
-
-That means if we have a structure, we should always use it as a parent context
-for its elements. This way we will not encounter any troubles when freeing the
-structure or when changing its parent. The same rule applies for arrays.
-
-For example, the structure <code>user</code> from section @ref context-hierarchy
-should be created with the context hierarchy illustrated on the next image.
-
-@image html context_tree.png
-
-@section bp-tmpctx Every function should use its own context
-
-It is a good practice to create a temporary talloc context at the function
-beginning and free the context just before the return statement. All the data
-must be allocated on this context or on its children. This ensures that no
-memory leaks are created as long as we do not forget to free the temporary
-context.
-
-This pattern applies to both situations - when a function does not return any
-dynamically allocated value and when it does. However, it needs a little
-extension for the latter case.
-
-@subsection bp-tmpctx-1 Functions that do not return any dynamically allocated
-value
-
-If the function does not return any value created on the heap, we will just obey
-the aforementioned pattern.
-
-@code
-int bar()
-{
-  int ret;
-  TALLOC_CTX *tmp_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-  if (tmp_ctx == NULL) {
-    ret = ENOMEM;
-    goto done;
-  }
-  /* allocate data on tmp_ctx or on its descendants */
-  ret = EOK;
-done:
-  talloc_free(tmp_ctx);
-  return ret;
-}
-@endcode
-
-@subsection bp-tmpctx-2 Functions returning dynamically allocated values
-
-If our function returns any dynamically allocated data, its first parameter
-should always be the destination talloc context. This context serves as a parent
-for the output values. But again, we will create the output values as the
-descendants of the temporary context. If everything goes well, we will change
-the parent of the output values from the temporary to the destination talloc
-context.
-
-This pattern ensures that if an error occurs (e.g. I/O error or insufficient
-amount of the memory), all allocated data is freed and no garbage appears on
-the destination context.
-
-@code
-int struct_foo_init(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, struct foo **_foo)
-{
-  int ret;
-  struct foo *foo = NULL;
-  TALLOC_CTX *tmp_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-  if (tmp_ctx == NULL) {
-    ret = ENOMEM;
-    goto done;
-  }
-  foo = talloc_zero(tmp_ctx, struct foo);
-  /* ... */
-  *_foo = talloc_steal(mem_ctx, foo);
-  ret = EOK;
-done:
-  talloc_free(tmp_ctx);
-  return ret;
-}
-@endcode
-
-@section bp-null Allocate temporary contexts on NULL
-
-As it can be seen on the previous listing, instead of allocating the temporary
-context directly on <code>mem_ctx</code>, we created a new top level context
-using <code>NULL</code> as the parameter for <code>talloc_new()</code> function.
-Take a look at the following example:
-
-@code
-char *create_user_filter(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
-                         uid_t uid, const char *username)
-{
-  char *filter = NULL;
-  char *sanitized_username = NULL;
-  /* tmp_ctx is a child of mem_ctx */
-  TALLOC_CTX *tmp_ctx = talloc_new(mem_ctx);
-  if (tmp_ctx == NULL) {
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  sanitized_username = sanitize_string(tmp_ctx, username);
-  if (sanitized_username == NULL) {
-    talloc_free(tmp_ctx);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  filter = talloc_aprintf(tmp_ctx,"(|(uid=%llu)(uname=%s))",
-                          uid, sanitized_username);
-  if (filter == NULL) {
-    return NULL; /* tmp_ctx is not freed */ (*@\label{lst:tmp-ctx-3:leak}@*)
-  }
-
-  /* filter becomes a child of mem_ctx */
-  filter = talloc_steal(mem_ctx, filter);
-  talloc_free(tmp_ctx);
-  return filter;
-}
-@endcode
-
-We forgot to free <code>tmp_ctx</code> before the <code>return</code> statement
-in the <code>filter == NULL</code> condition. However, it is created as a child
-of <code>mem_ctx</code> context and as such it will be freed as soon as the
-<code>mem_ctx</code> is freed. Therefore, no detectable memory leak is created.
-
-On the other hand, we do not have any way to access the allocated data
-and for all we know <code>mem_ctx</code> may exist for the lifetime of our
-application. For these reasons this should be considered as a memory leak. How
-can we detect if it is unreferenced but still attached to its parent context?
-The only way is to notice the mistake in the source code.
-
-But if we create the temporary context as a top level context, it will not be
-freed and memory diagnostic tools
-(e.g. <a href="http://valgrind.org">valgrind</a>) are able to do their job.
-
-@section bp-pool Temporary contexts and the talloc pool
-
-If we want to take the advantage of the talloc pool but also keep to the
-pattern introduced in the previous section, we are unable to do it directly. The
-best thing to do is to create a conditional build where we can decide how do we
-want to create the temporary context. For example, we can create the following
-macros:
-
-@code
-#ifdef USE_POOL_CONTEXT
-  #define CREATE_POOL_CTX(ctx, size) talloc_pool(ctx, size)
-  #define CREATE_TMP_CTX(ctx)        talloc_new(ctx)
-#else
-  #define CREATE_POOL_CTX(ctx, size) talloc_new(ctx)
-  #define CREATE_TMP_CTX(ctx)        talloc_new(NULL)
-#endif
-@endcode
-
-Now if our application is under development, we will build it with macro
-<code>USE_POOL_CONTEXT</code> undefined. This way, we  can use memory diagnostic
-utilities to detect memory leaks.
-
-The release version will be compiled with the macro defined. This will  enable
-pool contexts and therefore reduce the <code>malloc()</code> calls, which will
-end up in a little bit faster processing.
-
-@code
-int struct_foo_init(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, struct foo **_foo)
-{
-  int ret;
-  struct foo *foo = NULL;
-  TALLOC_CTX *tmp_ctx = CREATE_TMP_CTX(mem_ctx);
-  /* ... */
-}
-
-errno_t handle_request(TALLOC_CTX mem_ctx)
-{
-  int ret;
-  struct foo *foo = NULL;
-  TALLOC_CTX *pool_ctx = CREATE_POOL_CTX(NULL, 1024);
-  ret = struct_foo_init(mem_ctx, &foo);
-  /* ... */
-}
-@endcode
-
-*/
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_context.dox b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_context.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index b8bfe269615..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_context.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-/**
-@page libtalloc_context Chapter 1: Talloc context
-@section context Talloc context
-
-The talloc context is the most important part of this library and is
-responsible for every single feature of this memory allocator. It is a logical
-unit which represents a memory space managed by talloc.
-
-From the programmer's point of view, the talloc context is completely
-equivalent to a pointer that would be returned by the memory routines from the
-C standard library. This means that every context that is returned from the
-talloc library can be used directly in functions that do not use talloc
-internally. For example we can do the following:
-
-@code
-char *str1 = strdup("I am NOT a talloc context");
-char *str2 = talloc_strdup(NULL, "I AM a talloc context");
-
-printf("%d\n", strcmp(str1, str2) == 0);
-
-free(str1);
-talloc_free(str2); /* we can not use free() on str2 */
-@endcode
-
-This is possible because the context is internally handled as a special
-fixed-length structure called talloc chunk. Each chunk stores context metadata
-followed by the memory space requested by the programmer. When a talloc
-function returns a context (pointer), it will in fact return a pointer to the user
-space portion of the talloc chunk. If we to manipulate this context using
-talloc functions, the talloc library transforms the user-space pointer back to
-the starting address of the chunk. This is also the reason why we were unable
-to use <code>free(str2)</code> in the previous example - because
-<code>str2</code> does not point at the beginning of the allocated block of
-memory. This is illustrated on the next image:
-
-@image html context.png
-
-The type TALLOC_CTX is defined in talloc.h to identify a talloc context in
-function parameters. However, this type is just an alias for <code>void</code>
-and exists only for semantical reasons - thus we can differentiate between
-<code>void *</code> (arbitrary data) and <code>TALLOC_CTX *</code> (talloc
-context).
-
-@subsection metadata Context meta data
-
-Every talloc context carries several pieces of internal information along with
-the allocated memory:
-
-  - name - which is used in reports of context hierarchy and to simulate
-    a dynamic type system,
-  - size of the requested memory in bytes - this can be used to determine
-    the number of elements in arrays,
-  - attached destructor - which is executed just before the memory block is
-    about to be freed,
-  - references to the context
-  - children and parent contexts - create the hierarchical view on the
-    memory.
-
-@section context-hierarchy Hierarchy of talloc context
-
-Every talloc context contains information about its parent and children. Talloc
-uses this information to create a hierarchical model of memory or to be more
-precise, it creates an n-ary tree where each node represents a single talloc
-context. The root node of the tree is referred to as a top level context - a
-context without any parent.
-
-This approach has several advantages:
-
-  - as a consequence of freeing a talloc context, all of its children
-    will be properly deallocated as well,
-  - the parent of a context can be changed at any time, which
-    results in moving the whole subtree under another node,
-  - it creates a more natural way of managing data structures.
-
-@subsection Example
-
-We have a structure that stores basic information about a user - his/her name,
-identification number and groups he/she is a member of:
-
-@code
-struct user {
-  uid_t uid;
-  char *username;
-  size_t num_groups;
-  char **groups;
-};
-@endcode
-
-We will allocate this structure using talloc. The result will be the following
-context tree:
-
-@image html context_tree.png
-
-@code
-/* create new top level context */
-struct user *user = talloc(NULL, struct user);
-
-user->uid = 1000;
-user->num_groups = N;
-
-/* make user the parent of following contexts */
-user->username = talloc_strdup(user, "Test user");
-user->groups = talloc_array(user, char*, user->num_groups);
-
-for (i = 0; i < user->num_groups; i++) {
-  /* make user->groups the parent of following context */
-  user->groups[i] = talloc_asprintf(user->groups,
-                                    "Test group %d", i);
-}
-@endcode
-
-This way, we have gained a lot of additional capabilities, one of which is
-very simple deallocation of the structure and all of its elements.
-
-With the C standard library we need first to iterate over the array of groups
-and free every element separately. Then we must deallocate the array that stores
-them. Next we deallocate the username and as the last step free the structure
-itself. But with talloc, the only operation we need to execute is freeing the
-structure context. Its descendants will be freed automatically.
-
-@code
-talloc_free(user);
-@endcode
-
-@section keep-hierarchy Always keep the hieararchy steady!
-
-The talloc is a hierarchy memory allocator. The hierarchy nature is what makes
-the programming more error proof. It makes the memory easier to manage and to
-free.  Therefore, the first thing we should have on our mind is: <strong>always
-project our data structures into the talloc context hierarchy</strong>.
-
-That means if we have a structure, we should always use it as a parent context
-for its elements. This way we will not encounter any troubles when freeing this
-structure or when changing its parent. The same rule applies for arrays.
-
-@section creating-context Creating a talloc context
-
-Here are the most important functions that create a new talloc context.
-
-@subsection type-safe Type-safe functions
-
-It allocates the size that is necessary for the given type and returns a new,
-properly-casted pointer. This is the preferred way to create a new context as
-we can rely on the compiler to detect type mismatches.
-
-The name of the context is automatically set to the name of the data type which
-is used to simulate a dynamic type system.
-
-@code
-struct user *user = talloc(ctx, struct user);
-
-/* initialize to default values */
-user->uid = 0;
-user->name = NULL;
-user->num_groups = 0;
-user->groups = NULL;
-
-/* or we can achieve the same result with */
-struct user *user_zero = talloc_zero(ctx, struct user);
-@endcode
-
-@subsection zero-length Zero-length contexts
-
-The zero-length context is basically a context without any special semantical
-meaning. We can use it the same way as any other context. The only difference
-is that it consists only of the meta data about the context. Therefore, it is
-strictly of type <code>TALLOC_CTX*</code>. It is often used in cases where we
-want to aggregate several data structures under one parent (zero-length)
-context, such as a temporary context to contain memory needed within a single
-function that is not interesting to the caller. Allocating on a zero-length
-temporary context will make clean-up of the function simpler.
-
-@code
-TALLOC_CTX *tmp_ctx = NULL;
-struct foo *foo = NULL;
-struct bar *bar = NULL;
-
-/* new zero-length top level context */
-tmp_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-if (tmp_ctx == NULL) {
-  return ENOMEM;
-}
-
-foo = talloc(tmp_ctx, struct foo);
-bar = talloc(tmp_ctx, struct bar);
-
-/* free everything at once */
-talloc_free(tmp_ctx);
-@endcode
-
-@subsection context-see-also See also
-
-- talloc_size()
-- talloc_named()
-- @ref talloc_array
-- @ref talloc_string
-
-*/
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_debugging.dox b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_debugging.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index aadbb0d12ca..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_debugging.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-/**
-@page libtalloc_debugging Chapter 6: Debugging
-
-Although talloc makes memory management significantly easier than the C standard
-library, developers are still only humans and can make mistakes. Therefore, it
-can be handy to know some tools for the inspection of talloc memory usage.
-
-@section log-abort Talloc log and abort
-
-We have already encountered the abort function in section @ref dts.
-In that case it was used when a type mismatch was detected. However, talloc
-calls this abort function in several more situations:
-
-- when the provided pointer is not a valid talloc context,
-- when the meta data is invalid - probably due to memory corruption,
-- and when an access after free is detected.
-
-The third one is probably the most interesting. It can help us with detecting
-an attempt to double-free a context or any other manipulation with it via
-talloc functions (using it as a parent, stealing it, etc.).
-
-Before the context is freed talloc sets a flag in the meta data. This is then
-used to detect the access after free. It basically works on the assumption that
-the memory stays unchanged (at least for a while) even when it is properly
-deallocated. This will work even if the memory is filled with the value
-specified in <code>TALLOC_FREE_FILL</code> environment variable, because it
-fills only the data part and leaves the meta data intact.
-
-Apart from the abort function, talloc uses a log function to provide additional
-information to the aforementioned violations. To enable logging we shall set the
-log function with one of:
-
-- talloc_set_log_fn()
-- talloc_set_log_stderr()
-
-The following code is a sample output of accessing a context after it has been
-freed:
-
-@code
-talloc_set_log_stderr();
-TALLOC_CTX *ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-talloc_free(ctx);
-talloc_free(ctx);
-
-results in:
-talloc: access after free error - first free may be at ../src/main.c:55
-Bad talloc magic value - access after free
-@endcode
-
-Another example is an invalid context:
-
-@code
-talloc_set_log_stderr();
-TALLOC_CTX *ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-char *str = strdup("not a talloc context");
-talloc_steal(ctx, str);
-
-results in:
-Bad talloc magic value - unknown value
-@endcode
-
-@section reports Memory usage reports
-
-Talloc can print reports of memory usage of a specified talloc context to a
-file (to <code>stdout</code> or <code>stderr</code>). The report can be
-simple or full. The simple report provides information only about the context
-itself and its direct descendants. The full report goes recursively through the
-entire context tree. See:
-
-- talloc_report()
-- talloc_report_full()
-
-We will use the following code to retrieve the sample report:
-
-@code
-struct foo {
-  char *str;
-};
-
-TALLOC_CTX *ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-char *str =  talloc_strdup(ctx, "my string");
-struct foo *foo = talloc_zero(ctx, struct foo);
-foo->str = talloc_strdup(foo, "I am Foo");
-char *str2 = talloc_strdup(foo, "Foo is my parent");
-
-/* print full report */
-talloc_report_full(ctx, stdout);
-@endcode
-
-It will print a full report of <code>ctx</code> to the standard output.
-The message should be similar to:
-
-@code
-full talloc report on 'talloc_new: ../src/main.c:82' (total 46 bytes in 5 blocks)
-  struct foo contains 34 bytes in 3 blocks (ref 0) 0x1495130
-    Foo is my parent contains 17 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0) 0x1495200
-    I am Foo contains 9 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0) 0x1495190
-  my string contains 10 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0) 0x14950c0
-@endcode
-
-We can notice in this report that something is wrong with the context containing
-<code>struct foo</code>. We know that the structure has only one string element.
-However, we can see in the report that it has two children. This indicates that
-we have either violated the memory hierarchy or forgotten to free it as
-temporary data. Looking into the code, we can see that <code>"Foo is my parent"
-</code> should be attached to <code>ctx</code>.
-
-See also:
-
-- talloc_enable_null_tracking()
-- talloc_disable_null_tracking()
-- talloc_enable_leak_report()
-- talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
-
-*/
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_destructors.dox b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_destructors.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index ed063876a30..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_destructors.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/**
-@page libtalloc_destructors Chapter 4: Using destructors
-
-@section destructors Using destructors
-
-Destructors are well known methods in the world of object oriented programming.
-A destructor is a method of an object that is automatically run when the object
-is destroyed. It is usually used to return resources taken by the object back to
-the system (e.g. closing file descriptors, terminating connection to a database,
-deallocating memory).
-
-With talloc we can take the advantage of destructors even in C. We can easily
-attach our own destructor to a talloc context. When the context is freed, the
-destructor will run automatically.
-
-To attach/detach a destructor to a talloc context use: talloc_set_destructor().
-
-@section destructors-example Example
-
-Imagine that we have a dynamically created linked list. Before we deallocate an
-element of the list, we need to make sure that we have successfully removed it
-from the list. Normally, this would be done by two commands in the exact order:
-remove it from the list and then free the element. With talloc, we can do this
-at once by setting a destructor on the element which will remove it from the
-list and talloc_free() will do the rest.
-
-The destructor would be:
-
-@code
-int list_remove(void *ctx)
-{
-    struct list_el *el = NULL;
-    el = talloc_get_type_abort(ctx, struct list_el);
-    /* remove element from the list */
-}
-@endcode
-
-GCC version 3 and newer can check for the types during the compilation. So if
-it is our major compiler, we can use a more advanced destructor:
-
-@code
-int list_remove(struct list_el *el)
-{
-    /* remove element from the list */
-}
-@endcode
-
-Now we will assign the destructor to the list element. We can do this directly
-in the function that inserts it.
-
-@code
-struct list_el* list_insert(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
-                            struct list_el *where,
-                            void *ptr)
-{
-  struct list_el *el = talloc(mem_ctx, struct list_el);
-  el->data = ptr;
-  /* insert into list */
-
-  talloc_set_destructor(el, list_remove);
-  return el;
-}
-@endcode
-
-Because talloc is a hierarchical memory allocator, we can go a step further and
-free the data with the element as well:
-
-@code
-struct list_el* list_insert_free(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
-                                 struct list_el *where,
-                                 void *ptr)
-{
-  struct list_el *el = NULL;
-  el = list_insert(mem_ctx, where, ptr);
-
-  talloc_steal(el, ptr);
-
-  return el;
-}
-@endcode
-
-*/
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_dts.dox b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_dts.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index 75b5172bbe8..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_dts.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/**
-@page libtalloc_dts Chapter 3: Dynamic type system
-
-@section dts Dynamic type system
-
-Generic programming in the C language is very difficult. There is no inheritance
-nor templates known from object oriented languages. There is no dynamic type
-system. Therefore, generic programming in this language is usually done by
-type-casting a variable to <code>void*</code> and transferring it through
-a generic function to a specialized callback as illustrated on the next listing.
-
-@code
-void generic_function(callback_fn cb, void *pvt)
-{
-  /* do some stuff and call the callback */
-  cb(pvt);
-}
-
-void specific_callback(void *pvt)
-{
-  struct specific_struct *data;
-  data = (struct specific_struct*)pvt;
-  /* ... */
-}
-
-void specific_function()
-{
-  struct specific_struct data;
-  generic_function(callback, &data);
-}
-@endcode
-
-Unfortunately, the type information is lost as a result of this type cast. The
-compiler cannot check the type during the compilation nor are we able to do it
-at runtime. Providing an invalid data type to the callback will result in
-unexpected behaviour (not necessarily a crash) of the application. This mistake
-is usually hard to detect because it is not the first thing which comes the
-mind.
-
-As we already know, every talloc context contains a name. This name is available
-at any time and it can be used to determine the type of a context even if we
-lose the type of a variable.
-
-Although the name of the context can be set to any arbitrary string, the best
-way of using it to simulate the dynamic type system is to set it directly to the
-type of the variable.
-
-It is recommended to use one of talloc() and talloc_array() (or its
-variants) to create the context as they set its name to the name of the
-given type automatically.
-
-If we have a context with such as a name, we can use two similar functions that
-do both the type check and the type cast for us:
-
-- talloc_get_type()
-- talloc_get_type_abort()
-
-@section dts-examples Examples
-
-The following example will show how generic programming with talloc is handled -
-if we provide invalid data to the callback, the program will be aborted. This
-is a sufficient reaction for such an error in most applications.
-
-@code
-void foo_callback(void *pvt)
-{
-  struct foo *data = talloc_get_type_abort(pvt, struct foo);
-  /* ... */
-}
-
-int do_foo()
-{
-  struct foo *data = talloc_zero(NULL, struct foo);
-  /* ... */
-  return generic_function(foo_callback, data);
-}
-@endcode
-
-But what if we are creating a service application that should be running for the
-uptime of a server, we may want to abort the application during the development
-process (to make sure the error is not overlooked) and try to recover from the
-error in the customer release. This can be achieved by creating a custom abort
-function with a conditional build.
-
-@code
-void my_abort(const char *reason)
-{
-  fprintf(stderr, "talloc abort: %s\n", reason);
-#ifdef ABORT_ON_TYPE_MISMATCH
-  abort();
-#endif
-}
-@endcode
-
-The usage of talloc_get_type_abort() would be then:
-
-@code
-talloc_set_abort_fn(my_abort);
-
-TALLOC_CTX *ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-char *str = talloc_get_type_abort(ctx, char);
-if (str == NULL) {
-  /* recovery code */
-}
-/* talloc abort: ../src/main.c:25: Type mismatch:
-   name[talloc_new: ../src/main.c:24] expected[char] */
-@endcode
-
-*/
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_introduction.dox b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_introduction.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index 02777b9f774..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_introduction.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/**
-@page libtalloc_tutorial The Tutorial
-@section introduction Introduction
-
-Talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with destructors.
-It is built atop the C standard library and it defines a set of utility
-functions that altogether simplifies allocation and deallocation of data,
-especially for complex structures that contain many dynamically allocated
-elements such as strings and arrays.
-
-The main goals of this library are: removing the needs for creating a cleanup
-function for every complex structure, providing a logical organization of
-allocated memory blocks and reducing the likelihood of creating memory leaks in
-long-running applications. All of this is achieved by allocating memory in a
-hierarchical structure of talloc contexts such that deallocating one context
-recursively frees all of its descendants as well.
-
-@section main-features Main features
-- An open source project
-- A hierarchical memory model
-- Natural projection of data structures into the memory space
-- Simplifies memory management of large data structures
-- Automatic execution of a destructor before the memory is freed
-- Simulates a dynamic type system
-- Implements a transparent memory pool
-
-@section toc Table of contents:
-
-@subpage libtalloc_context
-
-@subpage libtalloc_stealing
-
-@subpage libtalloc_dts
-
-@subpage libtalloc_destructors
-
-@subpage libtalloc_pools
-
-@subpage libtalloc_debugging
-
-@subpage libtalloc_bestpractices
-
-*/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_pools.dox b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_pools.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index a0d1e1ac6fc..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_pools.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/**
-@page libtalloc_pools Chapter 5: Memory pools
-
-@section pools Memory pools
-
-Allocation of a new memory is an expensive operation and large programs can
-contain thousands of calls of malloc() for a single computation, where every
-call allocates only a very small amount of the memory. This can result in an
-undesirable slowdown of the application. We can avoid this slowdown by
-decreasing the number of malloc() calls by using a memory pool.
-
-A memory pool is a preallocated memory space with a fixed size. If we need to
-allocate new data we will take the desired amount of the memory from the pool
-instead of requesting a new memory from the system. This is done by creating a
-pointer that points inside the preallocated memory. Such a pool must not be
-reallocated as it would change its location - pointers that were pointing
-inside the pool would become invalid. Therefore, a memory pool requires a very
-good estimate of the required memory space.
-
-The talloc library contains its own implementation of a memory pool. It is
-highly transparent for the programmer. The only thing that needs to be done is
-an initialization of a new pool context using talloc_pool() -
-which can be used in the same way as any other context.
-
-Refactoring of existing code (that uses talloc) to take the advantage of a
-memory pool is quite simple due to the following properties of the pool context:
-
-- if we are allocating data on a pool context, it takes the desired
-  amount of memory from the pool,
-- if the context is a descendant of the pool context, it takes the space
-  from the pool as well,
-- if the pool does not have sufficient portion of memory left, it will
-  create a new non-pool context, leaving the pool intact
-
-@code
-/* allocate 1KiB in a pool */
-TALLOC_CTX *pool_ctx = talloc_pool(NULL, 1024);
-
-/* Take 512B from the pool, 512B is left there */
-void *ptr = talloc_size(pool_ctx, 512);
-
-/* 1024B > 512B, this will create new talloc chunk outside
-   the pool */
-void *ptr2 = talloc_size(ptr, 1024);
-
-/* The pool still contains 512 free bytes
- * this will take 200B from them. */
-void *ptr3 = talloc_size(ptr, 200);
-
-/* This will destroy context 'ptr3' but the memory
- * is not freed, the available space in the pool
- * will increase to 512B. */
-talloc_free(ptr3);
-
-/* This will free memory taken by 'pool_ctx'
- * and 'ptr2' as well. */
-talloc_free(pool_ctx);
-@endcode
-
-The above given is very convenient, but there is one big issue to be kept in
-mind. If the parent of a talloc pool child is changed to a parent that is
-outside of this pool, the whole pool memory will not be freed until the child is
-freed. For this reason we must be very careful when stealing a descendant of a
-pool context.
-
-@code
-TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-TALLOC_CTX *pool_ctx = talloc_pool(NULL, 1024);
-struct foo *foo = talloc(pool_ctx, struct foo);
-
-/* mem_ctx is not in the pool */
-talloc_steal(mem_ctx, foo);
-
-/* pool_ctx is marked as freed but the memory is not
-   deallocated, accessing the pool_ctx again will cause
-   an error */
-talloc_free(pool_ctx);
-
-/* This deallocates the pool_ctx. */
-talloc_free(mem_ctx);
-@endcode
-
-It may often be better to copy the memory we want instead of stealing it to
-avoid this problem. If we do not need to retain the context name (to keep the
-type information), we can use talloc_memdup() to do this.
-
-Copying the memory out of the pool may, however, discard all the performance
-boost given by the pool, depending on the size of the copied memory. Therefore,
-the code should be well profiled before taking this path. In general, the
-golden rule is: if we need to steal from the pool context, we should not
-use a pool context.
-
-*/
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_stealing.dox b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_stealing.dox
deleted file mode 100644
index 67eae1dfc7e..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doc/tutorial_stealing.dox
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/**
-@page libtalloc_stealing Chapter 2: Stealing a context
-
-@section stealing Stealing a context
-
-Talloc has the ability to change the parent of a talloc context to another
-one. This operation is commonly referred to as stealing and it is one of
-the most important actions performed with talloc contexts.
-
-Stealing a context is necessary if we want the pointer to outlive the context it
-is created on. This has many possible use cases, for instance stealing a result
-of a database search to an in-memory cache context, changing the parent of a
-field of a generic structure to a more specific one or vice-versa. The most
-common scenario, at least in Samba, is to steal output data from a function-specific
-context to the output context given as an argument of that function.
-
-@code
-struct foo {
-    char *a1;
-    char *a2;
-    char *a3;
-};
-
-struct bar {
-    char *wurst;
-    struct foo *foo;
-};
-
-struct foo *foo = talloc_zero(ctx, struct foo);
-foo->a1 = talloc_strdup(foo, "a1");
-foo->a2 = talloc_strdup(foo, "a2");
-foo->a3 = talloc_strdup(foo, "a3");
-
-struct bar *bar = talloc_zero(NULL, struct bar);
-/* change parent of foo from ctx to bar */
-bar->foo = talloc_steal(bar, foo);
-
-/* or do the same but assign foo = NULL */
-bar->foo = talloc_move(bar, &foo);
-@endcode
-
-The talloc_move() function is similar to the talloc_steal() function but
-additionally sets the source pointer to NULL.
-
-In general, the source pointer itself is not changed (it only replaces the
-parent in the meta data). But the common usage is that the result is
-assigned to another variable, thus further accessing the pointer from the
-original variable should be avoided unless it is necessary. In this case
-talloc_move() is the preferred way of stealing a context. Additionally sets the
-source pointer to NULL, thus.protects the pointer from being accidentally freed
-and accessed using the old variable after its parent has been changed.
-
-@image html stealing.png
-
-*/
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doxy.config b/ctdb/lib/talloc/doxy.config
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e27d612995..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/doxy.config
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1807 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.0
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-#       TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-#       TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
-# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
-# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
-
-PROJECT_NAME           = talloc
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 2.0
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
-# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF          =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
-# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
-# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
-# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO           =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = doc
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
-# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
-# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
-# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak,
-# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
-                         "The $name widget" \
-                         "The $name file" \
-                         is \
-                         provides \
-                         specifies \
-                         contains \
-                         represents \
-                         a \
-                         an \
-                         the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES            = NO
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE               = 8
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES                =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
-# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
-# itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST              =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
-# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this
-# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language
-# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C,
-# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make
-# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C
-# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions
-# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
-
-# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
-# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
-# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
-# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING            = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
-# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
-# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
-# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
-# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation
-# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group
-# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default),
-# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man
-# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penalty.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be
-# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given
-# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the
-# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of
-# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower.
-# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this
-# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL            = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = NO
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = YES
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = YES
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
-# rather than with sharp brackets.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO            = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
-# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
-# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
-# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
-# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
-# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
-# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
-# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
-# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
-# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
-# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
-# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES             = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page.
-# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. The create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
-# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
-# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE            =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
-# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
-# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
-# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
-# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
-# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES         =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET                  = NO
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS               = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-
-# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = NO
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE           =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT                  = . \
-                         doc
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
-# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
-# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
-
-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.cpp \
-                         *.cc \
-                         *.c \
-                         *.h \
-                         *.hh \
-                         *.hpp \
-                         *.dox
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE              = NO
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE                =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */.git/*
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        =
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH           =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH             = doc
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output.
-# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER           =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis.
-# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match.
-# The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
-# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS        =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
-# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
-# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
-# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code.
-# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS              = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = NO
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML          = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT            = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
-#  for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
-# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
-# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
-# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
-# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
-# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
-# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
-
-HTML_HEADER            =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER            =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET        =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
-# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
-# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
-# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
-# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
-# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
-# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
-# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
-# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
-# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
-# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
-# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
-# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
-# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
-# and 100 does not change the gamma.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
-# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE               =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI           = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC             = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND             = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
-# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
-# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP           = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE               =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE          =
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
-
-# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
-# add. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
-# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's
-# filter section matches.
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
-# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file.
-
-QHG_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-#  will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
-# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
-# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
-# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
-# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
-# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
-# the help appears.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
-# this name.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
-# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
-# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
-# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
-# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
-# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
-# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NONE
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
-# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
-# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
-# values from appearing in the overview section.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
-# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
-# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
-# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
-# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
-# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
-# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
-# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
-# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-
-USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
-# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
-# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
-# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
-# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
-# installing MathJax.
-# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
-# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
-# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
-# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
-# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
-# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
-# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
-# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
-# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
-
-SEARCHENGINE           = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client
-# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
-# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server
-# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows
-# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup
-# and does not have live searching capabilities.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX         = YES
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
-# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
-# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER           =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
-# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
-# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_FOOTER           =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
-
-# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
-# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
-# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF           = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF            = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-
-# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN           = YES
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT             = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS              = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML           = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA             =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD                =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
-# This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on.
-# On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH           =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED             = DOXYGEN \
-                         PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(x,y)=
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
-# overrules the definition found in the source code.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
-# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
-# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
-# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
-# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
-# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
-# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
-# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES               =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
-# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH            =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT               = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
-# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
-# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
-# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
-# between CPU load and processing speed.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-
-# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
-# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
-# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
-# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
-# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
-# directory containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
-# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
-# set the path where dot can find it.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH           =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK               = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
-# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
-# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
-# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
-# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
-# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH             = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
-# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
-# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
-# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
-# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
-# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
-# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH               =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \mscfile command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 0
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/install-sh b/ctdb/lib/talloc/install-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 58719246f04..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/install-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-#
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-# This comes from X11R5.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-#
-
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
-
-
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
-
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
-
-transformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
-
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
-    case $1 in
-	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-d) dir_arg=true
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
-	    then
-		src=$1
-	    else
-		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
-		:
-		dst=$1
-	    fi
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-    esac
-done
-
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
-	echo "install:	no input file specified"
-	exit 1
-else
-	true
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
-	dst=$src
-	src=""
-	
-	if [ -d $dst ]; then
-		instcmd=:
-	else
-		instcmd=mkdir
-	fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-
-	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
-	then
-		true
-	else
-		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
-		exit 1
-	fi
-	
-	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
-	then
-		echo "install:	no destination specified"
-		exit 1
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
-
-	if [ -d $dst ]
-	then
-		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-fi
-
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
-
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
-
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='	
-'
-IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
-
-oIFS="${IFS}"
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS="${oIFS}"
-
-pathcomp=''
-
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
-	shift
-
-	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
-        then
-		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
-done
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
-	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
-
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
-else
-
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
-
-	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
-	else
-		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
-			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
-	fi
-
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
-
-	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
-
-	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
-
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
-
-	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
-
-	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
-
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
-
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
-
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-
-	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
-	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
-
-fi &&
-
-
-exit 0
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/libtalloc.m4 b/ctdb/lib/talloc/libtalloc.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 65227d89f6b..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/libtalloc.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-dnl Check to see if we should use the included talloc
-
-INCLUDED_TALLOC=auto
-AC_ARG_WITH(included-talloc,
-    [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-included-talloc], [use bundled talloc library, not from system])],
-    [ INCLUDED_TALLOC=$withval ])
-
-AC_SUBST(TALLOC_LIBS)
-AC_SUBST(TALLOC_CFLAGS)
-
-if test x"$INCLUDED_TALLOC" != x"yes" ; then
-    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(talloc.h)
-    AC_CHECK_LIB(talloc, talloc_init, [ TALLOC_LIBS="-ltalloc" ])
-    if test x"$ac_cv_header_talloc_h" = x"no" -o x"$ac_cv_lib_talloc_talloc_init" = x"no" ; then
-        INCLUDED_TALLOC=yes
-        TALLOC_CFLAGS=""
-    else
-        INCLUDED_TALLOC=no
-    fi
-fi
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to use included talloc)
-AC_MSG_RESULT($INCLUDED_TALLOC)
-if test x"$INCLUDED_TALLOC" != x"no" ; then
-    dnl find the talloc sources. This is meant to work both for 
-    dnl talloc standalone builds, and builds of packages using talloc
-    tallocdir=""
-    tallocpaths=". lib/talloc talloc ../talloc ../lib/talloc"
-    for d in $tallocpaths; do
-    	if test -f "$srcdir/$d/talloc.c"; then
-    		tallocdir="$d"
-    		AC_SUBST(tallocdir)
-    		break
-    	fi
-    done
-    if test x"$tallocdir" = "x"; then
-        AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find talloc source in $tallocpaths])
-    fi
-    TALLOC_OBJ="talloc.o"
-    AC_SUBST(TALLOC_OBJ)
-
-    TALLOC_CFLAGS="-I$srcdir/$tallocdir"
-    AC_SUBST(TALLOC_CFLAGS)
-
-    TALLOC_LIBS=""
-    AC_SUBST(TALLOC_LIBS)
-fi
-
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(size_t,cross)
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(void *,cross)
-
-if test $ac_cv_sizeof_size_t -lt $ac_cv_sizeof_void_p; then
-	AC_WARN([size_t cannot represent the amount of used memory of a process])
-	AC_WARN([please report this to <samba-technical@samba.org>])
-	AC_WARN([sizeof(size_t) = $ac_cv_sizeof_size_t])
-	AC_WARN([sizeof(void *) = $ac_cv_sizeof_void_p])
-	AC_ERROR([sizeof(size_t) < sizeof(void *)])
-fi
-
-if test x"$VERSIONSCRIPT" != "x"; then
-    EXPORTSFILE=talloc.exports
-    AC_SUBST(EXPORTSFILE)
-fi
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc-util.pc.in b/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc-util.pc.in
deleted file mode 100644
index bc704b49294..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc-util.pc.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-prefix=@prefix@
-exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-libdir=@libdir@
-includedir=@includedir@
-
-Name: pytalloc-util
-Description: Utility functions for using talloc objects with Python
-Version: @TALLOC_VERSION@
-Libs: -L${libdir} -lpytalloc-util
-Cflags: @LIB_RPATH@ -I${includedir}
-URL: http://talloc.samba.org/
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc.c b/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 80196c6c77b..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-/* 
-   Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-   Python Talloc Module
-   Copyright (C) Jelmer Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org> 2010-2011
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include <Python.h>
-#include <talloc.h>
-#include <pytalloc.h>
-
-void inittalloc(void);
-
-/* print a talloc tree report for a talloc python object */
-static PyObject *pytalloc_report_full(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
-{
-	PyObject *py_obj = Py_None;
-
-	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "|O", &py_obj))
-		return NULL;
-
-	if (py_obj == Py_None) {
-		talloc_report_full(NULL, stdout);
-	} else {
-		talloc_report_full(pytalloc_get_mem_ctx(py_obj), stdout);
-	}
-	return Py_None;
-}
-
-/* enable null tracking */
-static PyObject *pytalloc_enable_null_tracking(PyObject *self)
-{
-	talloc_enable_null_tracking();
-	return Py_None;
-}
-
-/* return the number of talloc blocks */
-static PyObject *pytalloc_total_blocks(PyObject *self, PyObject *args)
-{
-	PyObject *py_obj = Py_None;
-
-	if (!PyArg_ParseTuple(args, "|O", &py_obj))
-		return NULL;
-
-	if (py_obj == Py_None) {
-		return PyLong_FromLong(talloc_total_blocks(NULL));
-	}
-
-	return PyLong_FromLong(talloc_total_blocks(pytalloc_get_mem_ctx(py_obj)));
-}
-
-static PyMethodDef talloc_methods[] = {
-	{ "report_full", (PyCFunction)pytalloc_report_full, METH_VARARGS,
-		"show a talloc tree for an object"},
-	{ "enable_null_tracking", (PyCFunction)pytalloc_enable_null_tracking, METH_NOARGS,
-		"enable tracking of the NULL object"},
-	{ "total_blocks", (PyCFunction)pytalloc_total_blocks, METH_VARARGS,
-		"return talloc block count"},
-	{ NULL }
-};
-
-/**
- * Default (but only slightly more useful than the default) implementation of Repr().
- */
-static PyObject *pytalloc_default_repr(PyObject *obj)
-{
-	pytalloc_Object *talloc_obj = (pytalloc_Object *)obj;
-	PyTypeObject *type = (PyTypeObject*)PyObject_Type(obj);
-
-	return PyString_FromFormat("<%s talloc object at 0x%p>", 
-				   type->tp_name, talloc_obj->ptr);
-}
-
-/**
- * Simple dealloc for talloc-wrapping PyObjects
- */
-static void pytalloc_dealloc(PyObject* self)
-{
-	pytalloc_Object *obj = (pytalloc_Object *)self;
-	assert(talloc_unlink(NULL, obj->talloc_ctx) != -1);
-	obj->talloc_ctx = NULL;
-	self->ob_type->tp_free(self);
-}
-
-/**
- * Default (but only slightly more useful than the default) implementation of cmp.
- */
-static int pytalloc_default_cmp(PyObject *_obj1, PyObject *_obj2)
-{
-	pytalloc_Object *obj1 = (pytalloc_Object *)_obj1,
-					 *obj2 = (pytalloc_Object *)_obj2;
-	if (obj1->ob_type != obj2->ob_type)
-		return (obj1->ob_type - obj2->ob_type);
-
-	return ((char *)pytalloc_get_ptr(obj1) - (char *)pytalloc_get_ptr(obj2));
-}
-
-static PyTypeObject TallocObject_Type = {
-	.tp_name = "talloc.Object",
-	.tp_doc = "Python wrapper for a talloc-maintained object.",
-	.tp_basicsize = sizeof(pytalloc_Object),
-	.tp_dealloc = (destructor)pytalloc_dealloc,
-	.tp_flags = Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT | Py_TPFLAGS_BASETYPE,
-	.tp_repr = pytalloc_default_repr,
-	.tp_compare = pytalloc_default_cmp,
-};
-
-void inittalloc(void)
-{
-	PyObject *m;
-
-	if (PyType_Ready(&TallocObject_Type) < 0)
-		return;
-
-	m = Py_InitModule3("talloc", talloc_methods,
-					   "Python wrapping of talloc-maintained objects.");
-	if (m == NULL)
-		return;
-
-	Py_INCREF(&TallocObject_Type);
-	PyModule_AddObject(m, "Object", (PyObject *)&TallocObject_Type);
-}
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc.h b/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d2c57b7898..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/* 
-   Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-   Samba utility functions
-   Copyright (C) Jelmer Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org> 2008
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _PYTALLOC_H_
-#define _PYTALLOC_H_
-
-#include <Python.h>
-#include <talloc.h>
-
-typedef struct {
-	PyObject_HEAD
-	TALLOC_CTX *talloc_ctx;
-	void *ptr;
-} pytalloc_Object;
-
-PyTypeObject *pytalloc_GetObjectType(void);
-int pytalloc_Check(PyObject *);
-
-/* Retrieve the pointer for a pytalloc_object. Like talloc_get_type() 
- * but for pytalloc_Objects. */
-
-/* FIXME: Call PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "expected " __STR(type) ") 
- * when talloc_get_type() returns NULL. */
-#define pytalloc_get_type(py_obj, type) (talloc_get_type(pytalloc_get_ptr(py_obj), type))
-
-#define pytalloc_get_ptr(py_obj) (((pytalloc_Object *)py_obj)->ptr)
-#define pytalloc_get_mem_ctx(py_obj)  ((pytalloc_Object *)py_obj)->talloc_ctx
-
-PyObject *pytalloc_steal_ex(PyTypeObject *py_type, TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, void *ptr);
-PyObject *pytalloc_steal(PyTypeObject *py_type, void *ptr);
-PyObject *pytalloc_reference_ex(PyTypeObject *py_type, TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, void *ptr);
-#define pytalloc_reference(py_type, talloc_ptr) pytalloc_reference_ex(py_type, talloc_ptr, talloc_ptr)
-
-#define pytalloc_new(type, typeobj) pytalloc_steal(typeobj, talloc_zero(NULL, type))
-
-PyObject *pytalloc_CObject_FromTallocPtr(void *);
-
-#endif /* _PYTALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc_util.c b/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc_util.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 89a093b1cef..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/pytalloc_util.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/* 
-   Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-   Python/Talloc glue
-   Copyright (C) Jelmer Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org> 2008
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include <Python.h>
-#include "replace.h"
-#include <talloc.h>
-#include "pytalloc.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-
-_PUBLIC_ PyTypeObject *pytalloc_GetObjectType(void)
-{
-	static PyTypeObject *type = NULL;
-	PyObject *mod;
-
-	if (type != NULL) {
-		return type;
-	}
-
-	mod = PyImport_ImportModule("talloc");
-	if (mod == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	type = (PyTypeObject *)PyObject_GetAttrString(mod, "Object");
-	Py_DECREF(mod);
-
-	return type;
-}
-
-/**
- * Import an existing talloc pointer into a Python object.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ PyObject *pytalloc_steal_ex(PyTypeObject *py_type, TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx,
-						   void *ptr)
-{
-	pytalloc_Object *ret = (pytalloc_Object *)py_type->tp_alloc(py_type, 0);
-	ret->talloc_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-	if (ret->talloc_ctx == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	if (talloc_steal(ret->talloc_ctx, mem_ctx) == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	talloc_set_name_const(ret->talloc_ctx, py_type->tp_name);
-	ret->ptr = ptr;
-	return (PyObject *)ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Import an existing talloc pointer into a Python object.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ PyObject *pytalloc_steal(PyTypeObject *py_type, void *ptr)
-{
-	return pytalloc_steal_ex(py_type, ptr, ptr);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Import an existing talloc pointer into a Python object, leaving the
- * original parent, and creating a reference to the object in the python
- * object
- */
-_PUBLIC_ PyObject *pytalloc_reference_ex(PyTypeObject *py_type, TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx, void *ptr)
-{
-	pytalloc_Object *ret;
-
-	if (ptr == NULL) {
-		Py_RETURN_NONE;
-	}
-
-	ret = (pytalloc_Object *)py_type->tp_alloc(py_type, 0);
-	ret->talloc_ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-	if (ret->talloc_ctx == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	if (talloc_reference(ret->talloc_ctx, mem_ctx) == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	talloc_set_name_const(ret->talloc_ctx, py_type->tp_name);
-	ret->ptr = ptr;
-	return (PyObject *)ret;
-}
-
-static void py_cobject_talloc_free(void *ptr)
-{
-	talloc_free(ptr);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ PyObject *pytalloc_CObject_FromTallocPtr(void *ptr)
-{
-	if (ptr == NULL) {
-		Py_RETURN_NONE;
-	}
-	return PyCObject_FromVoidPtr(ptr, py_cobject_talloc_free);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int pytalloc_Check(PyObject *obj)
-{
-	PyTypeObject *tp = pytalloc_GetObjectType();
-
-	return PyObject_TypeCheck(obj, tp);
-}
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.3.xml b/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.3.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 99e8bcdb2f1..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.3.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,801 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd">
-<refentry>
-  <refmeta>
-    <refentrytitle>talloc</refentrytitle>
-    <manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
-  </refmeta>
-  <refnamediv>
-    <refname>talloc</refname>
-<refpurpose>hierarchical reference counted memory pool system with destructors</refpurpose>
-  </refnamediv>
-  <refsynopsisdiv>
-<synopsis>#include &lt;talloc.h&gt;</synopsis>
-  </refsynopsisdiv>
-  <refsect1><title>DESCRIPTION</title>
-    <para>
-      If you are used to talloc from Samba3 then please read this
-      carefully, as talloc has changed a lot.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      The new talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool
-      system with destructors.	Quite a mouthful really, but not too bad
-      once you get used to it.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      Perhaps the biggest change from Samba3 is that there is no
-      distinction between a "talloc context" and a "talloc pointer".  Any
-      pointer returned from talloc() is itself a valid talloc context. 
-      This means you can do this:
-    </para>
-    <programlisting>
-    struct foo *X = talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo);
-    X->name = talloc_strdup(X, "foo");
-    </programlisting>
-    <para>
-      and the pointer <literal role="code">X-&gt;name</literal>
-      would be a "child" of the talloc context <literal
-      role="code">X</literal> which is itself a child of
-      <literal role="code">mem_ctx</literal>.  So if you do
-      <literal role="code">talloc_free(mem_ctx)</literal> then
-      it is all destroyed, whereas if you do <literal
-      role="code">talloc_free(X)</literal> then just <literal
-      role="code">X</literal> and <literal
-      role="code">X-&gt;name</literal> are destroyed, and if
-      you do <literal
-      role="code">talloc_free(X-&gt;name)</literal> then just
-      the name element of <literal role="code">X</literal> is
-      destroyed.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      If you think about this, then what this effectively gives you is an
-      n-ary tree, where you can free any part of the tree with
-      talloc_free().
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      If you find this confusing, then I suggest you run the <literal
-      role="code">testsuite</literal> program to watch talloc
-      in action.  You may also like to add your own tests to <literal
-      role="code">testsuite.c</literal> to clarify how some
-      particular situation is handled.
-    </para>
-  </refsect1>
-  <refsect1><title>TALLOC API</title>
-    <para>
-      The following is a complete guide to the talloc API. Read it all at
-      least twice.
-    </para>
-    <refsect2><title>(type *)talloc(const void *ctx, type);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc() macro is the core of the talloc library.  It takes a
-	  memory <emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis> and a <emphasis
-	  role="italic">type</emphasis>, and returns a pointer to a new
-	  area of memory of the given <emphasis
-	  role="italic">type</emphasis>.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The returned pointer is itself a talloc context, so you can use
-	  it as the <emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis> argument to more
-	  calls to talloc() if you wish.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The returned pointer is a "child" of the supplied context.  This
-	  means that if you talloc_free() the <emphasis
-	  role="italic">ctx</emphasis> then the new child disappears as
-	  well.  Alternatively you can free just the child.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The <emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis> argument to talloc()
-	  can be NULL, in which case a new top level context is created.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_size(const void *ctx, size_t size);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The function talloc_size() should be used when you don't have a
-	  convenient type to pass to talloc().	Unlike talloc(), it is not
-	  type safe (as it returns a void *), so you are on your own for
-	  type checking.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>(typeof(ptr)) talloc_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer and
-	  want to allocate memory to point at with this pointer. When compiling
-	  with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_size()
-	  and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file.
-	  and not the type.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>int talloc_free(void *ptr);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_free() function frees a piece of talloc memory, and
-	  all its children.  You can call talloc_free() on any pointer
-	  returned by talloc().
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The return value of talloc_free() indicates success or failure,
-	  with 0 returned for success and -1 for failure.  The only
-	  possible failure condition is if <emphasis
-	  role="italic">ptr</emphasis> had a destructor attached to it and
-	  the destructor returned -1.  See <link
-	  linkend="talloc_set_destructor"><quote>talloc_set_destructor()</quote></link>
-	  for details on destructors.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  If this pointer has an additional parent when talloc_free() is
-	  called then the memory is not actually released, but instead the
-	  most recently established parent is destroyed.  See <link
-	  linkend="talloc_reference"><quote>talloc_reference()</quote></link>
-	  for details on establishing additional parents.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  For more control on which parent is removed, see <link
-	  linkend="talloc_unlink"><quote>talloc_unlink()</quote></link>.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  talloc_free() operates recursively on its children.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-	  From the 2.0 version of talloc, as a special case,
-	  talloc_free() is refused on pointers that have more than one
-	  parent, as talloc would have no way of knowing which parent
-	  should be removed. To free a pointer that has more than one
-	  parent please use talloc_unlink().
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  To help you find problems in your code caused by this behaviour, if
-	  you do try and free a pointer with more than one parent then the
-	  talloc logging function will be called to give output like this:
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  <screen format="linespecific">
-	    ERROR: talloc_free with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
-  	  	reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
-  	  	reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
-	  </screen>
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Please see the documentation for talloc_set_log_fn() and
-	  talloc_set_log_stderr() for more information on talloc logging
-	  functions.
-	</para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_reference"><title>void *talloc_reference(const void *ctx, const void *ptr);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_reference() function makes <emphasis
-	  role="italic">ctx</emphasis> an additional parent of <emphasis
-	  role="italic">ptr</emphasis>.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The return value of talloc_reference() is always the original
-	  pointer <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>, unless talloc ran
-	  out of memory in creating the reference in which case it will
-	  return NULL (each additional reference consumes around 48 bytes
-	  of memory on intel x86 platforms).
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  If <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> is NULL, then the
-	  function is a no-op, and simply returns NULL.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  After creating a reference you can free it in one of the
-	  following ways:
-        </para>
-      <para>
-        <itemizedlist>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-	      you can talloc_free() any parent of the original pointer. 
-	      That will reduce the number of parents of this pointer by 1,
-	      and will cause this pointer to be freed if it runs out of
-	      parents.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-	      you can talloc_free() the pointer itself.  That will destroy
-	      the most recently established parent to the pointer and leave
-	      the pointer as a child of its current parent.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	For more control on which parent to remove, see <link
-	linkend="talloc_unlink"><quote>talloc_unlink()</quote></link>.
-      </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_unlink"><title>int talloc_unlink(const void *ctx, const void *ptr);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_unlink() function removes a specific parent from
-	  <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>. The <emphasis
-	  role="italic">ctx</emphasis> passed must either be a context used
-	  in talloc_reference() with this pointer, or must be a direct
-	  parent of ptr.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  Note that if the parent has already been removed using
-	  talloc_free() then this function will fail and will return -1. 
-	  Likewise, if <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> is NULL, then
-	  the function will make no modifications and return -1.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  Usually you can just use talloc_free() instead of
-	  talloc_unlink(), but sometimes it is useful to have the
-	  additional control on which parent is removed.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_set_destructor"><title>void talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *));</title>
-        <para>
-	  The function talloc_set_destructor() sets the <emphasis
-	  role="italic">destructor</emphasis> for the pointer <emphasis
-	  role="italic">ptr</emphasis>.  A <emphasis
-	  role="italic">destructor</emphasis> is a function that is called
-	  when the memory used by a pointer is about to be released.  The
-	  destructor receives <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> as an
-	  argument, and should return 0 for success and -1 for failure.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The <emphasis role="italic">destructor</emphasis> can do anything
-	  it wants to, including freeing other pieces of memory.  A common
-	  use for destructors is to clean up operating system resources
-	  (such as open file descriptors) contained in the structure the
-	  destructor is placed on.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  You can only place one destructor on a pointer.  If you need more
-	  than one destructor then you can create a zero-length child of
-	  the pointer and place an additional destructor on that.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  To remove a destructor call talloc_set_destructor() with NULL for
-	  the destructor.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  If your destructor attempts to talloc_free() the pointer that it
-	  is the destructor for then talloc_free() will return -1 and the
-	  free will be ignored.  This would be a pointless operation
-	  anyway, as the destructor is only called when the memory is just
-	  about to go away.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_increase_ref_count(<emphasis
-	  role="italic">ptr</emphasis>) function is exactly equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_reference(NULL, ptr);</programlisting>
-        <para>
-	  You can use either syntax, depending on which you think is
-	  clearer in your code.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  It returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  Return the number of references to the pointer.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_set_name"><title>void talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...);</title>
-        <para>
-	  Each talloc pointer has a "name".  The name is used principally
-	  for debugging purposes, although it is also possible to set and
-	  get the name on a pointer in as a way of "marking" pointers in
-	  your code.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The main use for names on pointer is for "talloc reports".  See
-	  <link
-	  linkend="talloc_report"><quote>talloc_report_depth_cb()</quote></link>,
-	  <link
-	  linkend="talloc_report"><quote>talloc_report_depth_file()</quote></link>,
-	  <link
-	  linkend="talloc_report"><quote>talloc_report()</quote></link>
-	  <link
-	  linkend="talloc_report"><quote>talloc_report()</quote></link>
-	  and <link
-	  linkend="talloc_report_full"><quote>talloc_report_full()</quote></link>
-	  for details.	Also see <link
-	  linkend="talloc_enable_leak_report"><quote>talloc_enable_leak_report()</quote></link>
-	  and <link
-	  linkend="talloc_enable_leak_report_full"><quote>talloc_enable_leak_report_full()</quote></link>.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_set_name() function allocates memory as a child of the
-	  pointer.  It is logically equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, talloc_asprintf(ptr, fmt, ...));</programlisting>
-        <para>
-	  Note that multiple calls to talloc_set_name() will allocate more
-	  memory without releasing the name.  All of the memory is released
-	  when the ptr is freed using talloc_free().
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void talloc_set_name_const(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">name</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The function talloc_set_name_const() is just like
-	  talloc_set_name(), but it takes a string constant, and is much
-	  faster.  It is extensively used by the "auto naming" macros, such
-	  as talloc_p().
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  This function does not allocate any memory.  It just copies the
-	  supplied pointer into the internal representation of the talloc
-	  ptr. This means you must not pass a <emphasis
-	  role="italic">name</emphasis> pointer to memory that will
-	  disappear before <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> is freed
-	  with talloc_free().
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_named(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, size_t <emphasis role="italic">size</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">fmt</emphasis>, ...);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_named() function creates a named talloc pointer.  It
-	  is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
-talloc_set_name(ptr, fmt, ....);</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_named_const(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, size_t <emphasis role="italic">size</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">name</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
-talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>const char *talloc_get_name(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This returns the current name for the given talloc pointer,
-	  <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>. See <link
-	  linkend="talloc_set_name"><quote>talloc_set_name()</quote></link>
-	  for details.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_init(const char *<emphasis role="italic">fmt</emphasis>, ...);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This function creates a zero length named talloc context as a top
-	  level context.  It is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_named(NULL, 0, fmt, ...);</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_new(void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This is a utility macro that creates a new memory context hanging
-	  off an existing context, automatically naming it "talloc_new:
-	  __location__" where __location__ is the source line it is called
-	  from.  It is particularly useful for creating a new temporary
-	  working context.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>(<emphasis role="italic">type</emphasis> *)talloc_realloc(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>, <emphasis role="italic">type</emphasis>, <emphasis role="italic">count</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_realloc() macro changes the size of a talloc pointer. 
-	  It has the following equivalences:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_realloc(ctx, NULL, type, 1) ==> talloc(ctx, type);
-talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, type, 0)  ==> talloc_free(ptr);</programlisting>
-        <para>
-	  The <emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis> argument is only used
-	  if <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis> is not NULL, otherwise
-	  it is ignored.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  talloc_realloc() returns the new pointer, or NULL on failure. 
-	  The call will fail either due to a lack of memory, or because the
-	  pointer has more than one parent (see <link
-	  linkend="talloc_reference"><quote>talloc_reference()</quote></link>).
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_realloc_size(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size);</title>
-        <para>
-	  the talloc_realloc_size() function is useful when the type is not
-	  known so the type-safe talloc_realloc() cannot be used.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>TYPE *talloc_steal(const void *<emphasis role="italic">new_ctx</emphasis>, const TYPE *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_steal() function changes the parent context of a
-	  talloc pointer.  It is typically used when the context that the
-	  pointer is currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish
-	  to keep the memory for a longer time.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_steal() function returns the pointer that you pass it.
-	   It does not have any failure modes.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  It is possible to produce loops in the parent/child
-	  relationship if you are not careful with talloc_steal().  No
-	  guarantees are provided as to your sanity or the safety of your
-	  data if you do this.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  Note that if you try and call talloc_steal() on a pointer that has
-	  more than one parent then the result is ambiguous. Talloc will choose
-	  to remove the parent that is currently indicated by talloc_parent()
-	  and replace it with the chosen parent. You will also get a message
-	  like this via the talloc logging functions:
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  <screen format="linespecific">
-	  WARNING: talloc_steal with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
-  	  	reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
-  	  	reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
-	  </screen>
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  To unambiguously change the parent of a pointer please see
-	  the
-	  function <link linkend="talloc_reference"><quote>talloc_reparent()</quote></link>. See
-	  the talloc_set_log_fn() documentation for more information
-	  on talloc logging.  
-	</para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>TYPE *talloc_reparent(const void *<emphasis role="italic">old_parent</emphasis>, const void *<emphasis role="italic">new_parent</emphasis>, const TYPE *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_reparent() function changes the parent context of a talloc
-	  pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is
-	  currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the
-	  memory for a longer time.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_reparent() function returns the pointer that you pass it. It
-	  does not have any failure modes.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The difference between talloc_reparent() and talloc_steal() is that
-	  talloc_reparent() can specify which parent you wish to change. This is
-	  useful when a pointer has multiple parents via references.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>TYPE *talloc_move(const void *<emphasis role="italic">new_ctx</emphasis>, TYPE **<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_move() function is a wrapper around
-	  talloc_steal() which zeros the source pointer after the
-	  move. This avoids a potential source of bugs where a
-	  programmer leaves a pointer in two structures, and uses the
-	  pointer from the old structure after it has been moved to a
-	  new one.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>size_t talloc_total_size(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_total_size() function returns the total size in bytes
-	  used by this pointer and all child pointers.	Mostly useful for
-	  debugging.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful
-	  result if talloc_enable_leak_report() or
-	  talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has been called.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_total_blocks() function returns the total memory block
-	  count used by this pointer and all child pointers.  Mostly useful
-	  for debugging.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful
-	  result if talloc_enable_leak_report() or
-	  talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has been called.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_report"><title>void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_report() function prints a summary report of all
-	  memory used by <emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>.  One line
-	  of report is printed for each immediate child of ptr, showing the
-	  total memory and number of blocks used by that child.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
-	  printed for the top level memory context, but only if
-	  talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
-	  has been called.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_report_full"><title>void talloc_report_full(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ptr</emphasis>, FILE *<emphasis role="italic">f</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This provides a more detailed report than talloc_report().  It
-	  will recursively print the entire tree of memory referenced by
-	  the pointer. References in the tree are shown by giving the name
-	  of the pointer that is referenced.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
-	  printed for the top level memory context, but only if
-	  talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
-	  has been called.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_report_depth_cb">
-     <funcsynopsis><funcprototype>
-      <funcdef>void <function>talloc_report_depth_cb</function></funcdef>
-      <paramdef><parameter>const void *ptr</parameter></paramdef>
-      <paramdef><parameter>int depth</parameter></paramdef>
-      <paramdef><parameter>int max_depth</parameter></paramdef>
-      <paramdef><parameter>void (*callback)(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, int is_ref, void *priv)</parameter></paramdef>
-      <paramdef><parameter>void *priv</parameter></paramdef>
-     </funcprototype></funcsynopsis>
-        <para>
-	  This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
-	  will recursively call the callback for the entire tree of memory
-	  referenced by the pointer. References in the tree are passed with
-	  <emphasis role="italic">is_ref = 1</emphasis> and the pointer that is referenced.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
-	  printed for the top level memory context, but only if
-	  talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
-	  has been called.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  The recursion is stopped when depth >= max_depth.
-	  max_depth = -1 means only stop at leaf nodes.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_report_depth_file">
-     <funcsynopsis><funcprototype>
-      <funcdef>void <function>talloc_report_depth_file</function></funcdef>
-      <paramdef><parameter>const void *ptr</parameter></paramdef>
-      <paramdef><parameter>int depth</parameter></paramdef>
-      <paramdef><parameter>int max_depth</parameter></paramdef>
-      <paramdef><parameter>FILE *f</parameter></paramdef>
-     </funcprototype></funcsynopsis>
-        <para>
-	  This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
-	  will let you specify the depth and max_depth.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_enable_leak_report"><title>void talloc_enable_leak_report(void);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This enables calling of talloc_report(NULL, stderr) when the
-	  program exits.  In Samba4 this is enabled by using the
-	  --leak-report command line option.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  For it to be useful, this function must be called before any
-	  other talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that
-	  acts as the top of the tree.	If you don't call this function
-	  first then passing NULL to talloc_report() or
-	  talloc_report_full() won't give you the full tree printout.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  Here is a typical talloc report:
-        </para>
-        <screen format="linespecific">talloc report on 'null_context' (total 267 bytes in 15 blocks)
-libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55  contains   31 bytes in   2 blocks
-libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55  contains   31 bytes in   2 blocks
-iconv(UTF8,CP850)              contains   42 bytes in   2 blocks
-libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55  contains   31 bytes in   2 blocks
-iconv(CP850,UTF8)              contains   42 bytes in   2 blocks
-iconv(UTF8,UTF-16LE)           contains   45 bytes in   2 blocks
-iconv(UTF-16LE,UTF8)           contains   45 bytes in   2 blocks
-      </screen>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2 id="talloc_enable_leak_report_full"><title>void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This enables calling of talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr) when the
-	  program exits.  In Samba4 this is enabled by using the
-	  --leak-report-full command line option.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  For it to be useful, this function must be called before any
-	  other talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that
-	  acts as the top of the tree.	If you don't call this function
-	  first then passing NULL to talloc_report() or
-	  talloc_report_full() won't give you the full tree printout.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  Here is a typical full report:
-        </para>
-        <screen format="linespecific">full talloc report on 'root' (total 18 bytes in 8 blocks)
-p1               contains     18 bytes in   7 blocks (ref 0)
-    r1               contains     13 bytes in   2 blocks (ref 0)
-        reference to: p2
-    p2               contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 1)
-    x3               contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 0)
-    x2               contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 0)
-    x1               contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 0)
-      </screen>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>(<emphasis role="italic">type</emphasis> *)talloc_zero(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, <emphasis role="italic">type</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_zero() macro is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>ptr = talloc(ctx, type);
-if (ptr) memset(ptr, 0, sizeof(type));</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_zero_size(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, size_t <emphasis role="italic">size</emphasis>)</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_zero_size() function is useful when you don't have a
-	  known type.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_memdup(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, const void *<emphasis role="italic">p</emphasis>, size_t size);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_memdup() function is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
-if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, size);</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>char *talloc_strdup(const void *<emphasis role="italic">ctx</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">p</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_strdup() function is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>ptr = talloc_size(ctx, strlen(p)+1);
-if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, strlen(p)+1);</programlisting>
-        <para>
-	  This function sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
-	  string. This is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>char *talloc_strndup(const void *<emphasis role="italic">t</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">p</emphasis>, size_t <emphasis role="italic">n</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_strndup() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
-	  library function strndup(3).
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  This function sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
-	  string. This is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *<emphasis role="italic">t</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">fmt</emphasis>, va_list <emphasis role="italic">ap</emphasis>);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_vasprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
-	  library function vasprintf(3).
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  This function sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-	  string. This is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>char *talloc_asprintf(const void *<emphasis role="italic">t</emphasis>, const char *<emphasis role="italic">fmt</emphasis>, ...);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_asprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
-	  library function asprintf(3).
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  This function sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
-	  string. This is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_asprintf_append() function appends the given formatted
-	  string to the given string.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  This function sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-	  string. This is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>(type *)talloc_array(const void *ctx, type, unsigned int count);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_array() macro is equivalent to:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>(type *)talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type) * count);</programlisting>
-        <para>
-	  except that it provides integer overflow protection for the
-	  multiply, returning NULL if the multiply overflows.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned int count);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_array_size() function is useful when the type is not
-	  known. It operates in the same way as talloc_array(), but takes a
-	  size instead of a type.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>(typeof(ptr)) talloc_array_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr, unsigned int count);</title>
-        <para>
-	  The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer to an array
-	  and want to allocate memory of an array to point at with this pointer. When compiling
-	  with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_array_size()
-	  and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file.
-	  and not the type.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size)</title>
-        <para>
-	  This is a non-macro version of talloc_realloc(), which is useful
-	  as libraries sometimes want a realloc function pointer.  A
-	  realloc(3) implementation encapsulates the functionality of
-	  malloc(3), free(3) and realloc(3) in one call, which is why it is
-	  useful to be able to pass around a single function pointer.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_autofree_context(void);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This is a handy utility function that returns a talloc context
-	  which will be automatically freed on program exit.  This can be
-	  used to reduce the noise in memory leak reports.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This function checks if a pointer has the specified <emphasis
-	  role="italic">name</emphasis>.  If it does then the pointer is
-	  returned.  It it doesn't then NULL is returned.
-        </para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>(type *)talloc_get_type(const void *ptr, type);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This macro allows you to do type checking on talloc pointers.  It
-	  is particularly useful for void* private pointers.  It is
-	  equivalent to this:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>(type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type)</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>talloc_set_type(const void *ptr, type);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This macro allows you to force the name of a pointer to be a
-	  particular <emphasis>type</emphasis>.  This can be
-	  used in conjunction with talloc_get_type() to do type checking on
-	  void* pointers.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-	  It is equivalent to this:
-        </para>
-        <programlisting>talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type)</programlisting>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message));</title>
-        <para>
-	  This function sets a logging function that talloc will use for
-	  warnings and errors. By default talloc will not print any warnings or
-	  errors.
-	</para>
-    </refsect2>
-    <refsect2><title>talloc_set_log_stderr(void);</title>
-        <para>
-	  This sets the talloc log function to write log messages to stderr
-	</para>
-    </refsect2>
-  </refsect1>
-  <refsect1><title>PERFORMANCE</title>
-    <para>
-      All the additional features of talloc(3) over malloc(3) do come at a
-      price.  We have a simple performance test in Samba4 that measures
-      talloc() versus malloc() performance, and it seems that talloc() is
-      about 10% slower than malloc() on my x86 Debian Linux box.  For
-      Samba, the great reduction in code complexity that we get by using
-      talloc makes this worthwhile, especially as the total overhead of
-      talloc/malloc in Samba is already quite small.
-    </para>
-  </refsect1>
-  <refsect1><title>SEE ALSO</title>
-    <para>
-      malloc(3), strndup(3), vasprintf(3), asprintf(3), 
-      <ulink url="http://talloc.samba.org/"/>
-    </para>
-  </refsect1>
-  <refsect1><title>COPYRIGHT/LICENSE</title>
-    <para>
-      Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-      it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as 
-      published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the
-      License, or (at your option) any later version.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-      WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-      MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-      General Public License for more details.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-      along with this program; if not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
-    </para>
-  </refsect1>
-</refentry>
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.c b/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e33fc0fad5..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2597 +0,0 @@
-/* 
-   Samba Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
-   Samba trivial allocation library - new interface
-
-   NOTE: Please read talloc_guide.txt for full documentation
-
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
-   Copyright (C) Stefan Metzmacher 2006
-   
-     ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc
-     ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
-     ** under the LGPL
-   
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-/*
-  inspired by http://swapped.cc/halloc/
-*/
-
-#include "replace.h"
-#include "talloc.h"
-
-#ifdef TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MAJOR
-#if (TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MAJOR)
-#error "TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MAJOR"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MINOR
-#if (TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MINOR)
-#error "TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR != TALLOC_BUILD_VERSION_MINOR"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Special macros that are no-ops except when run under Valgrind on
- * x86.  They've moved a little bit from valgrind 1.0.4 to 1.9.4 */
-#ifdef HAVE_VALGRIND_MEMCHECK_H
-        /* memcheck.h includes valgrind.h */
-#include <valgrind/memcheck.h>
-#elif defined(HAVE_VALGRIND_H)
-#include <valgrind.h>
-#endif
-
-/* use this to force every realloc to change the pointer, to stress test
-   code that might not cope */
-#define ALWAYS_REALLOC 0
-
-
-#define MAX_TALLOC_SIZE 0x10000000
-#define TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE 0xe814ec70
-#define TALLOC_MAGIC ( \
-	TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE + \
-	(TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR << 12) + \
-	(TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR << 4) \
-)
-
-#define TALLOC_FLAG_FREE 0x01
-#define TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP 0x02
-#define TALLOC_FLAG_POOL 0x04		/* This is a talloc pool */
-#define TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM 0x08	/* This is allocated in a pool */
-
-#define TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE ((const char *)1)
-
-/* by default we abort when given a bad pointer (such as when talloc_free() is called 
-   on a pointer that came from malloc() */
-#ifndef TALLOC_ABORT
-#define TALLOC_ABORT(reason) abort()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef discard_const_p
-#if defined(__intptr_t_defined) || defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T)
-# define discard_const_p(type, ptr) ((type *)((intptr_t)(ptr)))
-#else
-# define discard_const_p(type, ptr) ((type *)(ptr))
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* these macros gain us a few percent of speed on gcc */
-#if (__GNUC__ >= 3)
-/* the strange !! is to ensure that __builtin_expect() takes either 0 or 1
-   as its first argument */
-#ifndef likely
-#define likely(x)   __builtin_expect(!!(x), 1)
-#endif
-#ifndef unlikely
-#define unlikely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 0)
-#endif
-#else
-#ifndef likely
-#define likely(x) (x)
-#endif
-#ifndef unlikely
-#define unlikely(x) (x)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* this null_context is only used if talloc_enable_leak_report() or
-   talloc_enable_leak_report_full() is called, otherwise it remains
-   NULL
-*/
-static void *null_context;
-static void *autofree_context;
-
-/* used to enable fill of memory on free, which can be useful for
- * catching use after free errors when valgrind is too slow
- */
-static struct {
-	bool initialised;
-	bool enabled;
-	uint8_t fill_value;
-} talloc_fill;
-
-#define TALLOC_FILL_ENV "TALLOC_FREE_FILL"
-
-/*
- * do not wipe the header, to allow the
- * double-free logic to still work
- */
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_FILL_CHUNK(_tc) do { \
-	if (unlikely(talloc_fill.enabled)) { \
-		size_t _flen = (_tc)->size; \
-		char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
-		memset(_fptr, talloc_fill.fill_value, _flen); \
-	} \
-} while (0)
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS)
-/* Mark the whole chunk as not accessable */
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc) do { \
-	size_t _flen = TC_HDR_SIZE + (_tc)->size; \
-	char *_fptr = (char *)(_tc); \
-	VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(_fptr, _flen); \
-} while(0)
-#else
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc) do { } while (0)
-#endif
-
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(_tc) do { \
-	TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_FILL_CHUNK(_tc); \
-	TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc); \
-} while (0)
-
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_FILL_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
-	if (unlikely(talloc_fill.enabled)) { \
-		size_t _flen = (_tc)->size - (_new_size); \
-		char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
-		_fptr += (_new_size); \
-		memset(_fptr, talloc_fill.fill_value, _flen); \
-	} \
-} while (0)
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS)
-/* Mark the unused bytes not accessable */
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
-	size_t _flen = (_tc)->size - (_new_size); \
-	char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
-	_fptr += (_new_size); \
-	VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(_fptr, _flen); \
-} while (0)
-#else
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { } while (0)
-#endif
-
-#define TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
-	TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_FILL_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
-	TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
-} while (0)
-
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_FILL_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
-	if (unlikely(talloc_fill.enabled)) { \
-		size_t _flen = (_tc)->size - (_new_size); \
-		char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
-		_fptr += (_new_size); \
-		memset(_fptr, talloc_fill.fill_value, _flen); \
-	} \
-} while (0)
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED)
-/* Mark the unused bytes as undefined */
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
-	size_t _flen = (_tc)->size - (_new_size); \
-	char *_fptr = (char *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(_tc); \
-	_fptr += (_new_size); \
-	VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED(_fptr, _flen); \
-} while (0)
-#else
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { } while (0)
-#endif
-
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
-	TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_FILL_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
-	TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
-} while (0)
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED)
-/* Mark the new bytes as undefined */
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
-	size_t _old_used = TC_HDR_SIZE + (_tc)->size; \
-	size_t _new_used = TC_HDR_SIZE + (_new_size); \
-	size_t _flen = _new_used - _old_used; \
-	char *_fptr = _old_used + (char *)(_tc); \
-	VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED(_fptr, _flen); \
-} while (0)
-#else
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { } while (0)
-#endif
-
-#define TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size) do { \
-	TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_VALGRIND_CHUNK(_tc, _new_size); \
-} while (0)
-
-struct talloc_reference_handle {
-	struct talloc_reference_handle *next, *prev;
-	void *ptr;
-	const char *location;
-};
-
-struct talloc_memlimit {
-	struct talloc_chunk *parent;
-	struct talloc_memlimit *upper;
-	size_t max_size;
-	size_t cur_size;
-};
-
-static bool talloc_memlimit_check(struct talloc_memlimit *limit, size_t size);
-static bool talloc_memlimit_update(struct talloc_memlimit *limit,
-				   size_t old_size, size_t new_size);
-
-typedef int (*talloc_destructor_t)(void *);
-
-struct talloc_chunk {
-	struct talloc_chunk *next, *prev;
-	struct talloc_chunk *parent, *child;
-	struct talloc_reference_handle *refs;
-	talloc_destructor_t destructor;
-	const char *name;
-	size_t size;
-	unsigned flags;
-
-	/*
-	 * limit semantics:
-	 * if 'limit' is set it means all *new* children of the context will
-	 * be limited to a total aggregate size ox max_size for memory
-	 * allocations.
-	 * cur_size is used to kep track of the current use
-	 */
-	struct talloc_memlimit *limit;
-
-	/*
-	 * "pool" has dual use:
-	 *
-	 * For the talloc pool itself (i.e. TALLOC_FLAG_POOL is set), "pool"
-	 * marks the end of the currently allocated area.
-	 *
-	 * For members of the pool (i.e. TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM is set), "pool"
-	 * is a pointer to the struct talloc_chunk of the pool that it was
-	 * allocated from. This way children can quickly find the pool to chew
-	 * from.
-	 */
-	void *pool;
-};
-
-/* 16 byte alignment seems to keep everyone happy */
-#define TC_ALIGN16(s) (((s)+15)&~15)
-#define TC_HDR_SIZE TC_ALIGN16(sizeof(struct talloc_chunk))
-#define TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc) ((void *)(TC_HDR_SIZE + (char*)tc))
-
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_version_major(void)
-{
-	return TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_version_minor(void)
-{
-	return TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR;
-}
-
-static void (*talloc_log_fn)(const char *message);
-
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message))
-{
-	talloc_log_fn = log_fn;
-}
-
-static void talloc_log(const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(1,2);
-static void talloc_log(const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	char *message;
-
-	if (!talloc_log_fn) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	message = talloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-
-	talloc_log_fn(message);
-	talloc_free(message);
-}
-
-static void talloc_log_stderr(const char *message)
-{
-	fprintf(stderr, "%s", message);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_set_log_stderr(void)
-{
-	talloc_set_log_fn(talloc_log_stderr);
-}
-
-static void (*talloc_abort_fn)(const char *reason);
-
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_set_abort_fn(void (*abort_fn)(const char *reason))
-{
-	talloc_abort_fn = abort_fn;
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort(const char *reason)
-{
-	talloc_log("%s\n", reason);
-
-	if (!talloc_abort_fn) {
-		TALLOC_ABORT(reason);
-	}
-
-	talloc_abort_fn(reason);
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort_magic(unsigned magic)
-{
-	unsigned striped = magic - TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE;
-	unsigned major = (striped & 0xFFFFF000) >> 12;
-	unsigned minor = (striped & 0x00000FF0) >> 4;
-	talloc_log("Bad talloc magic[0x%08X/%u/%u] expected[0x%08X/%u/%u]\n",
-		   magic, major, minor,
-		   TALLOC_MAGIC, TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR, TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR);
-	talloc_abort("Bad talloc magic value - wrong talloc version used/mixed");
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort_access_after_free(void)
-{
-	talloc_abort("Bad talloc magic value - access after free");
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort_unknown_value(void)
-{
-	talloc_abort("Bad talloc magic value - unknown value");
-}
-
-/* panic if we get a bad magic value */
-static inline struct talloc_chunk *talloc_chunk_from_ptr(const void *ptr)
-{
-	const char *pp = (const char *)ptr;
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = discard_const_p(struct talloc_chunk, pp - TC_HDR_SIZE);
-	if (unlikely((tc->flags & (TALLOC_FLAG_FREE | ~0xF)) != TALLOC_MAGIC)) { 
-		if ((tc->flags & (~0xFFF)) == TALLOC_MAGIC_BASE) {
-			talloc_abort_magic(tc->flags & (~0xF));
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-		if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_FREE) {
-			talloc_log("talloc: access after free error - first free may be at %s\n", tc->name);
-			talloc_abort_access_after_free();
-			return NULL;
-		} else {
-			talloc_abort_unknown_value();
-			return NULL;
-		}
-	}
-	return tc;
-}
-
-/* hook into the front of the list */
-#define _TLIST_ADD(list, p) \
-do { \
-        if (!(list)) { \
-		(list) = (p); \
-		(p)->next = (p)->prev = NULL; \
-	} else { \
-		(list)->prev = (p); \
-		(p)->next = (list); \
-		(p)->prev = NULL; \
-		(list) = (p); \
-	}\
-} while (0)
-
-/* remove an element from a list - element doesn't have to be in list. */
-#define _TLIST_REMOVE(list, p) \
-do { \
-	if ((p) == (list)) { \
-		(list) = (p)->next; \
-		if (list) (list)->prev = NULL; \
-	} else { \
-		if ((p)->prev) (p)->prev->next = (p)->next; \
-		if ((p)->next) (p)->next->prev = (p)->prev; \
-	} \
-	if ((p) && ((p) != (list))) (p)->next = (p)->prev = NULL; \
-} while (0)
-
-
-/*
-  return the parent chunk of a pointer
-*/
-static inline struct talloc_chunk *talloc_parent_chunk(const void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	while (tc->prev) tc=tc->prev;
-
-	return tc->parent;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_parent(const void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr);
-	return tc? TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc) : NULL;
-}
-
-/*
-  find parents name
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ const char *talloc_parent_name(const void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr);
-	return tc? tc->name : NULL;
-}
-
-/*
-  A pool carries an in-pool object count count in the first 16 bytes.
-  bytes. This is done to support talloc_steal() to a parent outside of the
-  pool. The count includes the pool itself, so a talloc_free() on a pool will
-  only destroy the pool if the count has dropped to zero. A talloc_free() of a
-  pool member will reduce the count, and eventually also call free(3) on the
-  pool memory.
-
-  The object count is not put into "struct talloc_chunk" because it is only
-  relevant for talloc pools and the alignment to 16 bytes would increase the
-  memory footprint of each talloc chunk by those 16 bytes.
-*/
-
-union talloc_pool_chunk {
-	/* This lets object_count nestle into 16-byte padding of talloc_chunk,
-	 * on 32-bit platforms. */
-	struct tc_pool_hdr {
-		struct talloc_chunk c;
-		unsigned int object_count;
-	} hdr;
-	/* This makes it always 16 byte aligned. */
-	char pad[TC_ALIGN16(sizeof(struct tc_pool_hdr))];
-};
-
-static void *tc_pool_end(union talloc_pool_chunk *pool_tc)
-{
-	return (char *)pool_tc + TC_HDR_SIZE + pool_tc->hdr.c.size;
-}
-
-static size_t tc_pool_space_left(union talloc_pool_chunk *pool_tc)
-{
-	return (char *)tc_pool_end(pool_tc) - (char *)pool_tc->hdr.c.pool;
-}
-
-static void *tc_pool_first_chunk(union talloc_pool_chunk *pool_tc)
-{
-	return pool_tc + 1;
-}
-
-/* If tc is inside a pool, this gives the next neighbour. */
-static void *tc_next_chunk(struct talloc_chunk *tc)
-{
-	return (char *)tc + TC_ALIGN16(TC_HDR_SIZE + tc->size);
-}
-
-/* Mark the whole remaining pool as not accessable */
-static void tc_invalidate_pool(union talloc_pool_chunk *pool_tc)
-{
-	size_t flen = tc_pool_space_left(pool_tc);
-
-	if (unlikely(talloc_fill.enabled)) {
-		memset(pool_tc->hdr.c.pool, talloc_fill.fill_value, flen);
-	}
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS)
-	VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(pool_tc->hdr.c.pool, flen);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-  Allocate from a pool
-*/
-
-static struct talloc_chunk *talloc_alloc_pool(struct talloc_chunk *parent,
-					      size_t size)
-{
-	union talloc_pool_chunk *pool_ctx = NULL;
-	size_t space_left;
-	struct talloc_chunk *result;
-	size_t chunk_size;
-
-	if (parent == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (parent->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL) {
-		pool_ctx = (union talloc_pool_chunk *)parent;
-	}
-	else if (parent->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM) {
-		pool_ctx = (union talloc_pool_chunk *)parent->pool;
-	}
-
-	if (pool_ctx == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	space_left = tc_pool_space_left(pool_ctx);
-
-	/*
-	 * Align size to 16 bytes
-	 */
-	chunk_size = TC_ALIGN16(size);
-
-	if (space_left < chunk_size) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	result = (struct talloc_chunk *)pool_ctx->hdr.c.pool;
-
-#if defined(DEVELOPER) && defined(VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED)
-	VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_UNDEFINED(result, size);
-#endif
-
-	pool_ctx->hdr.c.pool = (void *)((char *)result + chunk_size);
-
-	result->flags = TALLOC_MAGIC | TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM;
-	result->pool = pool_ctx;
-
-	pool_ctx->hdr.object_count++;
-
-	return result;
-}
-
-/* 
-   Allocate a bit of memory as a child of an existing pointer
-*/
-static inline void *__talloc(const void *context, size_t size)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = NULL;
-	struct talloc_memlimit *limit = NULL;
-
-	if (unlikely(context == NULL)) {
-		context = null_context;
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(size >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (context != NULL) {
-		struct talloc_chunk *ptc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
-
-		if (ptc->limit != NULL) {
-			limit = ptc->limit;
-		}
-
-		if (!talloc_memlimit_check(limit, (TC_HDR_SIZE+size))) {
-			errno = ENOMEM;
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-		tc = talloc_alloc_pool(ptc, TC_HDR_SIZE+size);
-	}
-
-	if (tc == NULL) {
-		tc = (struct talloc_chunk *)malloc(TC_HDR_SIZE+size);
-		if (unlikely(tc == NULL)) return NULL;
-		tc->flags = TALLOC_MAGIC;
-		tc->pool  = NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (limit != NULL) {
-		struct talloc_memlimit *l;
-
-		for (l = limit; l != NULL; l = l->upper) {
-			l->cur_size += TC_HDR_SIZE+size;
-		}
-	}
-
-	tc->limit = limit;
-	tc->size = size;
-	tc->destructor = NULL;
-	tc->child = NULL;
-	tc->name = NULL;
-	tc->refs = NULL;
-
-	if (likely(context)) {
-		struct talloc_chunk *parent = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
-
-		if (parent->child) {
-			parent->child->parent = NULL;
-			tc->next = parent->child;
-			tc->next->prev = tc;
-		} else {
-			tc->next = NULL;
-		}
-		tc->parent = parent;
-		tc->prev = NULL;
-		parent->child = tc;
-	} else {
-		tc->next = tc->prev = tc->parent = NULL;
-	}
-
-	return TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc);
-}
-
-/*
- * Create a talloc pool
- */
-
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_pool(const void *context, size_t size)
-{
-	union talloc_pool_chunk *pool_tc;
-	void *result = __talloc(context, sizeof(*pool_tc) - TC_HDR_SIZE + size);
-
-	if (unlikely(result == NULL)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	pool_tc = (union talloc_pool_chunk *)talloc_chunk_from_ptr(result);
-	if (unlikely(pool_tc->hdr.c.flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM)) {
-		/* We don't handle this correctly, so fail. */
-		talloc_log("talloc: cannot allocate pool off another pool %s\n",
-			   talloc_get_name(context));
-		talloc_free(result);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	pool_tc->hdr.c.flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_POOL;
-	pool_tc->hdr.c.pool = tc_pool_first_chunk(pool_tc);
-
-	pool_tc->hdr.object_count = 1;
-
-	tc_invalidate_pool(pool_tc);
-
-	return result;
-}
-
-/*
-  setup a destructor to be called on free of a pointer
-  the destructor should return 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
-  if the destructor fails then the free is failed, and the memory can
-  be continued to be used
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void _talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *))
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	tc->destructor = destructor;
-}
-
-/*
-  increase the reference count on a piece of memory. 
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *ptr)
-{
-	if (unlikely(!talloc_reference(null_context, ptr))) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-  helper for talloc_reference()
-
-  this is referenced by a function pointer and should not be inline
-*/
-static int talloc_reference_destructor(struct talloc_reference_handle *handle)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *ptr_tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(handle->ptr);
-	_TLIST_REMOVE(ptr_tc->refs, handle);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-   more efficient way to add a name to a pointer - the name must point to a 
-   true string constant
-*/
-static inline void _talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	tc->name = name;
-}
-
-/*
-  internal talloc_named_const()
-*/
-static inline void *_talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
-	void *ptr;
-
-	ptr = __talloc(context, size);
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	_talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);
-
-	return ptr;
-}
-
-/*
-  make a secondary reference to a pointer, hanging off the given context.
-  the pointer remains valid until both the original caller and this given
-  context are freed.
-  
-  the major use for this is when two different structures need to reference the 
-  same underlying data, and you want to be able to free the two instances separately,
-  and in either order
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_reference_loc(const void *context, const void *ptr, const char *location)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-	struct talloc_reference_handle *handle;
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL;
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	handle = (struct talloc_reference_handle *)_talloc_named_const(context,
-						   sizeof(struct talloc_reference_handle),
-						   TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE);
-	if (unlikely(handle == NULL)) return NULL;
-
-	/* note that we hang the destructor off the handle, not the
-	   main context as that allows the caller to still setup their
-	   own destructor on the context if they want to */
-	talloc_set_destructor(handle, talloc_reference_destructor);
-	handle->ptr = discard_const_p(void, ptr);
-	handle->location = location;
-	_TLIST_ADD(tc->refs, handle);
-	return handle->ptr;
-}
-
-static void *_talloc_steal_internal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr);
-
-static inline void _talloc_free_poolmem(struct talloc_chunk *tc,
-					const char *location)
-{
-	union talloc_pool_chunk *pool;
-	void *next_tc;
-
-	pool = (union talloc_pool_chunk *)tc->pool;
-	next_tc = tc_next_chunk(tc);
-
-	tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
-
-	/* we mark the freed memory with where we called the free
-	 * from. This means on a double free error we can report where
-	 * the first free came from
-	 */
-	tc->name = location;
-
-	TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(tc);
-
-	if (unlikely(pool->hdr.object_count == 0)) {
-		talloc_abort("Pool object count zero!");
-		return;
-	}
-
-	pool->hdr.object_count--;
-
-	if (unlikely(pool->hdr.object_count == 1
-		     && !(pool->hdr.c.flags & TALLOC_FLAG_FREE))) {
-		/*
-		 * if there is just one object left in the pool
-		 * and pool->flags does not have TALLOC_FLAG_FREE,
-		 * it means this is the pool itself and
-		 * the rest is available for new objects
-		 * again.
-		 */
-		pool->hdr.c.pool = tc_pool_first_chunk(pool);
-		tc_invalidate_pool(pool);
-	} else if (unlikely(pool->hdr.object_count == 0)) {
-		/*
-		 * we mark the freed memory with where we called the free
-		 * from. This means on a double free error we can report where
-		 * the first free came from
-		 */
-		pool->hdr.c.name = location;
-
-		TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(&pool->hdr.c);
-		free(pool);
-	} else if (pool->hdr.c.pool == next_tc) {
-		/*
-		 * if pool->pool still points to end of
-		 * 'tc' (which is stored in the 'next_tc' variable),
-		 * we can reclaim the memory of 'tc'.
-		 */
-		pool->hdr.c.pool = tc;
-	}
-}
-
-static inline void _talloc_free_children_internal(struct talloc_chunk *tc,
-						  void *ptr,
-						  const char *location);
-
-/* 
-   internal talloc_free call
-*/
-static inline int _talloc_free_internal(void *ptr, const char *location)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* possibly initialised the talloc fill value */
-	if (unlikely(!talloc_fill.initialised)) {
-		const char *fill = getenv(TALLOC_FILL_ENV);
-		if (fill != NULL) {
-			talloc_fill.enabled = true;
-			talloc_fill.fill_value = strtoul(fill, NULL, 0);
-		}
-		talloc_fill.initialised = true;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
-	if (unlikely(tc->refs)) {
-		int is_child;
-		/* check if this is a reference from a child or
-		 * grandchild back to it's parent or grandparent
-		 *
-		 * in that case we need to remove the reference and
-		 * call another instance of talloc_free() on the current
-		 * pointer.
-		 */
-		is_child = talloc_is_parent(tc->refs, ptr);
-		_talloc_free_internal(tc->refs, location);
-		if (is_child) {
-			return _talloc_free_internal(ptr, location);
-		}
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP)) {
-		/* we have a free loop - stop looping */
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(tc->destructor)) {
-		talloc_destructor_t d = tc->destructor;
-		if (d == (talloc_destructor_t)-1) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-		tc->destructor = (talloc_destructor_t)-1;
-		if (d(ptr) == -1) {
-			tc->destructor = d;
-			return -1;
-		}
-		tc->destructor = NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (tc->parent) {
-		_TLIST_REMOVE(tc->parent->child, tc);
-		if (tc->parent->child) {
-			tc->parent->child->parent = tc->parent;
-		}
-	} else {
-		if (tc->prev) tc->prev->next = tc->next;
-		if (tc->next) tc->next->prev = tc->prev;
-		tc->prev = tc->next = NULL;
-	}
-
-	tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-
-	_talloc_free_children_internal(tc, ptr, location);
-
-	tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
-
-	/*
-	 * If we are part of a memory limited context hierarchy
-	 * we need to subtract the memory used from the counters
-	 */
-	if (tc->limit) {
-		struct talloc_memlimit *l;
-
-		for (l = tc->limit; l != NULL; l = l->upper) {
-			if (l->cur_size >= tc->size+TC_HDR_SIZE) {
-				l->cur_size -= tc->size+TC_HDR_SIZE;
-			} else {
-				talloc_abort("cur_size memlimit counter not correct!");
-				return 0;
-			}
-		}
-
-		if (tc->limit->parent == tc) {
-			free(tc->limit);
-		}
-
-		tc->limit = NULL;
-	}
-
-	/* we mark the freed memory with where we called the free
-	 * from. This means on a double free error we can report where
-	 * the first free came from 
-	 */	 
-	tc->name = location;
-
-	if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL) {
-		union talloc_pool_chunk *pool = (union talloc_pool_chunk *)tc;
-
-		if (unlikely(pool->hdr.object_count == 0)) {
-			talloc_abort("Pool object count zero!");
-			return 0;
-		}
-
-		pool->hdr.object_count--;
-		if (unlikely(pool->hdr.object_count == 0)) {
-			TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(tc);
-			free(tc);
-		}
-	} else if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM) {
-		_talloc_free_poolmem(tc, location);
-	} else {
-		TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(tc);
-		free(tc);
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static size_t _talloc_total_limit_size(const void *ptr,
-					struct talloc_memlimit *old_limit,
-					struct talloc_memlimit *new_limit);
-
-/* 
-   move a lump of memory from one talloc context to another return the
-   ptr on success, or NULL if it could not be transferred.
-   passing NULL as ptr will always return NULL with no side effects.
-*/
-static void *_talloc_steal_internal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc, *new_tc;
-	size_t ctx_size = 0;
-
-	if (unlikely(!ptr)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(new_ctx == NULL)) {
-		new_ctx = null_context;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
-	if (tc->limit != NULL) {
-
-		ctx_size = _talloc_total_limit_size(ptr, NULL, NULL);
-
-		if (!talloc_memlimit_update(tc->limit->upper, ctx_size, 0)) {
-			talloc_abort("cur_size memlimit counter not correct!");
-			errno = EINVAL;
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-		if (tc->limit->parent == tc) {
-			tc->limit->upper = NULL;
-		} else {
-			tc->limit = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(new_ctx == NULL)) {
-		if (tc->parent) {
-			_TLIST_REMOVE(tc->parent->child, tc);
-			if (tc->parent->child) {
-				tc->parent->child->parent = tc->parent;
-			}
-		} else {
-			if (tc->prev) tc->prev->next = tc->next;
-			if (tc->next) tc->next->prev = tc->prev;
-		}
-
-		tc->parent = tc->next = tc->prev = NULL;
-		return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
-	}
-
-	new_tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(new_ctx);
-
-	if (unlikely(tc == new_tc || tc->parent == new_tc)) {
-		return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
-	}
-
-	if (tc->parent) {
-		_TLIST_REMOVE(tc->parent->child, tc);
-		if (tc->parent->child) {
-			tc->parent->child->parent = tc->parent;
-		}
-	} else {
-		if (tc->prev) tc->prev->next = tc->next;
-		if (tc->next) tc->next->prev = tc->prev;
-		tc->prev = tc->next = NULL;
-	}
-
-	tc->parent = new_tc;
-	if (new_tc->child) new_tc->child->parent = NULL;
-	_TLIST_ADD(new_tc->child, tc);
-
-	if (tc->limit || new_tc->limit) {
-		ctx_size = _talloc_total_limit_size(ptr, tc->limit,
-						    new_tc->limit);
-	}
-
-	if (new_tc->limit) {
-		struct talloc_memlimit *l;
-
-		for (l = new_tc->limit; l != NULL; l = l->upper) {
-			l->cur_size += ctx_size;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
-}
-
-/* 
-   move a lump of memory from one talloc context to another return the
-   ptr on success, or NULL if it could not be transferred.
-   passing NULL as ptr will always return NULL with no side effects.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_steal_loc(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr, const char *location)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	
-	if (unlikely(tc->refs != NULL) && talloc_parent(ptr) != new_ctx) {
-		struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
-
-		talloc_log("WARNING: talloc_steal with references at %s\n",
-			   location);
-
-		for (h=tc->refs; h; h=h->next) {
-			talloc_log("\treference at %s\n",
-				   h->location);
-		}
-	}
-
-#if 0
-	/* this test is probably too expensive to have on in the
-	   normal build, but it useful for debugging */
-	if (talloc_is_parent(new_ctx, ptr)) {
-		talloc_log("WARNING: stealing into talloc child at %s\n", location);
-	}
-#endif
-	
-	return _talloc_steal_internal(new_ctx, ptr);
-}
-
-/* 
-   this is like a talloc_steal(), but you must supply the old
-   parent. This resolves the ambiguity in a talloc_steal() which is
-   called on a context that has more than one parent (via references)
-
-   The old parent can be either a reference or a parent
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_reparent(const void *old_parent, const void *new_parent, const void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-	struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
-
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (old_parent == talloc_parent(ptr)) {
-		return _talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, ptr);
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	for (h=tc->refs;h;h=h->next) {
-		if (talloc_parent(h) == old_parent) {
-			if (_talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, h) != h) {
-				return NULL;
-			}
-			return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
-		}
-	}	
-
-	/* it wasn't a parent */
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
-  remove a secondary reference to a pointer. This undo's what
-  talloc_reference() has done. The context and pointer arguments
-  must match those given to a talloc_reference()
-*/
-static inline int talloc_unreference(const void *context, const void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
-
-	if (unlikely(context == NULL)) {
-		context = null_context;
-	}
-
-	for (h=tc->refs;h;h=h->next) {
-		struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(h);
-		if (p == NULL) {
-			if (context == NULL) break;
-		} else if (TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p) == context) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	if (h == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return _talloc_free_internal(h, __location__);
-}
-
-/*
-  remove a specific parent context from a pointer. This is a more
-  controlled variant of talloc_free()
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_unlink(const void *context, void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc_p, *new_p, *tc_c;
-	void *new_parent;
-
-	if (ptr == NULL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (context == NULL) {
-		context = null_context;
-	}
-
-	if (talloc_unreference(context, ptr) == 0) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (context != NULL) {
-		tc_c = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
-	} else {
-		tc_c = NULL;
-	}
-	if (tc_c != talloc_parent_chunk(ptr)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	tc_p = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
-	if (tc_p->refs == NULL) {
-		return _talloc_free_internal(ptr, __location__);
-	}
-
-	new_p = talloc_parent_chunk(tc_p->refs);
-	if (new_p) {
-		new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(new_p);
-	} else {
-		new_parent = NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (talloc_unreference(new_parent, ptr) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	_talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, ptr);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-  add a name to an existing pointer - va_list version
-*/
-static inline const char *talloc_set_name_v(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
-
-static inline const char *talloc_set_name_v(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	tc->name = talloc_vasprintf(ptr, fmt, ap);
-	if (likely(tc->name)) {
-		_talloc_set_name_const(tc->name, ".name");
-	}
-	return tc->name;
-}
-
-/*
-  add a name to an existing pointer
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ const char *talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	const char *name;
-	va_list ap;
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	name = talloc_set_name_v(ptr, fmt, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-	return name;
-}
-
-
-/*
-  create a named talloc pointer. Any talloc pointer can be named, and
-  talloc_named() operates just like talloc() except that it allows you
-  to name the pointer.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_named(const void *context, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	void *ptr;
-	const char *name;
-
-	ptr = __talloc(context, size);
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL;
-
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	name = talloc_set_name_v(ptr, fmt, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-
-	if (unlikely(name == NULL)) {
-		_talloc_free_internal(ptr, __location__);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	return ptr;
-}
-
-/*
-  return the name of a talloc ptr, or "UNNAMED"
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ const char *talloc_get_name(const void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	if (unlikely(tc->name == TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE)) {
-		return ".reference";
-	}
-	if (likely(tc->name)) {
-		return tc->name;
-	}
-	return "UNNAMED";
-}
-
-
-/*
-  check if a pointer has the given name. If it does, return the pointer,
-  otherwise return NULL
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name)
-{
-	const char *pname;
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL;
-	pname = talloc_get_name(ptr);
-	if (likely(pname == name || strcmp(pname, name) == 0)) {
-		return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-static void talloc_abort_type_mismatch(const char *location,
-					const char *name,
-					const char *expected)
-{
-	const char *reason;
-
-	reason = talloc_asprintf(NULL,
-				 "%s: Type mismatch: name[%s] expected[%s]",
-				 location,
-				 name?name:"NULL",
-				 expected);
-	if (!reason) {
-		reason = "Type mismatch";
-	}
-
-	talloc_abort(reason);
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_get_type_abort(const void *ptr, const char *name, const char *location)
-{
-	const char *pname;
-
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
-		talloc_abort_type_mismatch(location, NULL, name);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	pname = talloc_get_name(ptr);
-	if (likely(pname == name || strcmp(pname, name) == 0)) {
-		return discard_const_p(void, ptr);
-	}
-
-	talloc_abort_type_mismatch(location, pname, name);
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
-  this is for compatibility with older versions of talloc
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_init(const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	void *ptr;
-	const char *name;
-
-	ptr = __talloc(NULL, 0);
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) return NULL;
-
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	name = talloc_set_name_v(ptr, fmt, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-
-	if (unlikely(name == NULL)) {
-		_talloc_free_internal(ptr, __location__);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	return ptr;
-}
-
-static inline void _talloc_free_children_internal(struct talloc_chunk *tc,
-						  void *ptr,
-						  const char *location)
-{
-	while (tc->child) {
-		/* we need to work out who will own an abandoned child
-		   if it cannot be freed. In priority order, the first
-		   choice is owner of any remaining reference to this
-		   pointer, the second choice is our parent, and the
-		   final choice is the null context. */
-		void *child = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc->child);
-		const void *new_parent = null_context;
-		if (unlikely(tc->child->refs)) {
-			struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(tc->child->refs);
-			if (p) new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p);
-		}
-		if (unlikely(_talloc_free_internal(child, location) == -1)) {
-			if (new_parent == null_context) {
-				struct talloc_chunk *p = talloc_parent_chunk(ptr);
-				if (p) new_parent = TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(p);
-			}
-			_talloc_steal_internal(new_parent, child);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/*
-  this is a replacement for the Samba3 talloc_destroy_pool functionality. It
-  should probably not be used in new code. It's in here to keep the talloc
-  code consistent across Samba 3 and 4.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_free_children(void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc_name = NULL;
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
-	/* we do not want to free the context name if it is a child .. */
-	if (likely(tc->child)) {
-		for (tc_name = tc->child; tc_name; tc_name = tc_name->next) {
-			if (tc->name == TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc_name)) break;
-		}
-		if (tc_name) {
-			_TLIST_REMOVE(tc->child, tc_name);
-			if (tc->child) {
-				tc->child->parent = tc;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	_talloc_free_children_internal(tc, ptr, __location__);
-
-	/* .. so we put it back after all other children have been freed */
-	if (tc_name) {
-		if (tc->child) {
-			tc->child->parent = NULL;
-		}
-		tc_name->parent = tc;
-		_TLIST_ADD(tc->child, tc_name);
-	}
-}
-
-/* 
-   Allocate a bit of memory as a child of an existing pointer
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc(const void *context, size_t size)
-{
-	return __talloc(context, size);
-}
-
-/*
-  externally callable talloc_set_name_const()
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name)
-{
-	_talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);
-}
-
-/*
-  create a named talloc pointer. Any talloc pointer can be named, and
-  talloc_named() operates just like talloc() except that it allows you
-  to name the pointer.
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
-	return _talloc_named_const(context, size, name);
-}
-
-/* 
-   free a talloc pointer. This also frees all child pointers of this 
-   pointer recursively
-
-   return 0 if the memory is actually freed, otherwise -1. The memory
-   will not be freed if the ref_count is > 1 or the destructor (if
-   any) returns non-zero
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ int _talloc_free(void *ptr, const char *location)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
-	if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-	
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	
-	if (unlikely(tc->refs != NULL)) {
-		struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
-
-		if (talloc_parent(ptr) == null_context && tc->refs->next == NULL) {
-			/* in this case we do know which parent should
-			   get this pointer, as there is really only
-			   one parent */
-			return talloc_unlink(null_context, ptr);
-		}
-
-		talloc_log("ERROR: talloc_free with references at %s\n",
-			   location);
-
-		for (h=tc->refs; h; h=h->next) {
-			talloc_log("\treference at %s\n",
-				   h->location);
-		}
-		return -1;
-	}
-	
-	return _talloc_free_internal(ptr, location);
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-  A talloc version of realloc. The context argument is only used if
-  ptr is NULL
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_realloc(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-	void *new_ptr;
-	bool malloced = false;
-	union talloc_pool_chunk *pool_tc = NULL;
-
-	/* size zero is equivalent to free() */
-	if (unlikely(size == 0)) {
-		talloc_unlink(context, ptr);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(size >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	/* realloc(NULL) is equivalent to malloc() */
-	if (ptr == NULL) {
-		return _talloc_named_const(context, size, name);
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
-	/* don't allow realloc on referenced pointers */
-	if (unlikely(tc->refs)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	/* don't let anybody try to realloc a talloc_pool */
-	if (unlikely(tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOL)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (tc->limit && (size - tc->size > 0)) {
-		if (!talloc_memlimit_check(tc->limit, (size - tc->size))) {
-			errno = ENOMEM;
-			return NULL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* handle realloc inside a talloc_pool */
-	if (unlikely(tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM)) {
-		pool_tc = (union talloc_pool_chunk *)tc->pool;
-	}
-
-#if (ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0)
-	/* don't shrink if we have less than 1k to gain */
-	if (size < tc->size && tc->limit == NULL) {
-		if (pool_tc) {
-			void *next_tc = tc_next_chunk(tc);
-			TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_CHUNK(tc, size);
-			tc->size = size;
-			if (next_tc == pool_tc->hdr.c.pool) {
-				/* note: tc->size has changed, so this works */
-				pool_tc->hdr.c.pool = tc_next_chunk(tc);
-			}
-			return ptr;
-		} else if ((tc->size - size) < 1024) {
-			/*
-			 * if we call TC_INVALIDATE_SHRINK_CHUNK() here
-			 * we would need to call TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK()
-			 * after each realloc call, which slows down
-			 * testing a lot :-(.
-			 *
-			 * That is why we only mark memory as undefined here.
-			 */
-			TC_UNDEFINE_SHRINK_CHUNK(tc, size);
-
-			/* do not shrink if we have less than 1k to gain */
-			tc->size = size;
-			return ptr;
-		}
-	} else if (tc->size == size) {
-		/*
-		 * do not change the pointer if it is exactly
-		 * the same size.
-		 */
-		return ptr;
-	}
-#endif
-
-	/* by resetting magic we catch users of the old memory */
-	tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
-
-#if ALWAYS_REALLOC
-	if (pool_tc) {
-		new_ptr = talloc_alloc_pool(tc, size + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-		pool_tc->hdr.object_count--;
-
-		if (new_ptr == NULL) {
-			new_ptr = malloc(TC_HDR_SIZE+size);
-			malloced = true;
-		}
-
-		if (new_ptr) {
-			memcpy(new_ptr, tc, MIN(tc->size,size) + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-			TC_INVALIDATE_FULL_CHUNK(tc);
-		}
-	} else {
-		new_ptr = malloc(size + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-		if (new_ptr) {
-			memcpy(new_ptr, tc, MIN(tc->size, size) + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-			free(tc);
-		}
-	}
-#else
-	if (pool_tc) {
-		void *next_tc = tc_next_chunk(tc);
-		size_t old_chunk_size = TC_ALIGN16(TC_HDR_SIZE + tc->size);
-		size_t new_chunk_size = TC_ALIGN16(TC_HDR_SIZE + size);
-		size_t space_needed;
-		size_t space_left;
-		unsigned int chunk_count = pool_tc->hdr.object_count;
-
-		if (!(pool_tc->hdr.c.flags & TALLOC_FLAG_FREE)) {
-			chunk_count -= 1;
-		}
-
-		if (chunk_count == 1) {
-			/*
-			 * optimize for the case where 'tc' is the only
-			 * chunk in the pool.
-			 */
-			char *start = tc_pool_first_chunk(pool_tc);
-			space_needed = new_chunk_size;
-			space_left = (char *)tc_pool_end(pool_tc) - start;
-
-			if (space_left >= space_needed) {
-				size_t old_used = TC_HDR_SIZE + tc->size;
-				size_t new_used = TC_HDR_SIZE + size;
-				new_ptr = start;
-				memmove(new_ptr, tc, old_used);
-
-				tc = (struct talloc_chunk *)new_ptr;
-				TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK(tc, size);
-
-				/*
-				 * first we do not align the pool pointer
-				 * because we want to invalidate the padding
-				 * too.
-				 */
-				pool_tc->hdr.c.pool = new_used + (char *)new_ptr;
-				tc_invalidate_pool(pool_tc);
-
-				/* now the aligned pointer */
-				pool_tc->hdr.c.pool = new_chunk_size + (char *)new_ptr;
-				goto got_new_ptr;
-			}
-
-			next_tc = NULL;
-		}
-
-		if (new_chunk_size == old_chunk_size) {
-			TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK(tc, size);
-			tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
-			if (!talloc_memlimit_update(tc->limit,
-							tc->size, size)) {
-				talloc_abort("cur_size memlimit counter not"
-					     " correct!");
-				errno = EINVAL;
-				return NULL;
-			}
-
-			tc->size = size;
-			return ptr;
-		}
-
-		if (next_tc == pool_tc->hdr.c.pool) {
-			/*
-			 * optimize for the case where 'tc' is the last
-			 * chunk in the pool.
-			 */
-			space_needed = new_chunk_size - old_chunk_size;
-			space_left = tc_pool_space_left(pool_tc);
-
-			if (space_left >= space_needed) {
-				TC_UNDEFINE_GROW_CHUNK(tc, size);
-				tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
-				if (!talloc_memlimit_update(tc->limit,
-							tc->size, size)) {
-					talloc_abort("cur_size memlimit "
-						     "counter not correct!");
-					errno = EINVAL;
-					return NULL;
-				}
-				tc->size = size;
-				pool_tc->hdr.c.pool = tc_next_chunk(tc);
-				return ptr;
-			}
-		}
-
-		new_ptr = talloc_alloc_pool(tc, size + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-
-		if (new_ptr == NULL) {
-			new_ptr = malloc(TC_HDR_SIZE+size);
-			malloced = true;
-		}
-
-		if (new_ptr) {
-			memcpy(new_ptr, tc, MIN(tc->size,size) + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-
-			_talloc_free_poolmem(tc, __location__ "_talloc_realloc");
-		}
-	}
-	else {
-		new_ptr = realloc(tc, size + TC_HDR_SIZE);
-	}
-got_new_ptr:
-#endif
-	if (unlikely(!new_ptr)) {	
-		tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE; 
-		return NULL; 
-	}
-
-	tc = (struct talloc_chunk *)new_ptr;
-	tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_FREE;
-	if (malloced) {
-		tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_POOLMEM;
-	}
-	if (tc->parent) {
-		tc->parent->child = tc;
-	}
-	if (tc->child) {
-		tc->child->parent = tc;
-	}
-
-	if (tc->prev) {
-		tc->prev->next = tc;
-	}
-	if (tc->next) {
-		tc->next->prev = tc;
-	}
-
-	if (!talloc_memlimit_update(tc->limit, tc->size, size)) {
-		talloc_abort("cur_size memlimit counter not correct!");
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	tc->size = size;
-	_talloc_set_name_const(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc), name);
-
-	return TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc);
-}
-
-/*
-  a wrapper around talloc_steal() for situations where you are moving a pointer
-  between two structures, and want the old pointer to be set to NULL
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_move(const void *new_ctx, const void *_pptr)
-{
-	const void **pptr = discard_const_p(const void *,_pptr);
-	void *ret = talloc_steal(new_ctx, discard_const_p(void, *pptr));
-	(*pptr) = NULL;
-	return ret;
-}
-
-enum talloc_mem_count_type {
-	TOTAL_MEM_SIZE,
-	TOTAL_MEM_BLOCKS,
-	TOTAL_MEM_LIMIT,
-};
-
-static size_t _talloc_total_mem_internal(const void *ptr,
-					 enum talloc_mem_count_type type,
-					 struct talloc_memlimit *old_limit,
-					 struct talloc_memlimit *new_limit)
-{
-	size_t total = 0;
-	struct talloc_chunk *c, *tc;
-
-	if (ptr == NULL) {
-		ptr = null_context;
-	}
-	if (ptr == NULL) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
-	if (old_limit || new_limit) {
-		if (tc->limit && tc->limit->upper == old_limit) {
-			tc->limit->upper = new_limit;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* optimize in the memlimits case */
-	if (type == TOTAL_MEM_LIMIT &&
-	    tc->limit != NULL &&
-	    tc->limit != old_limit &&
-	    tc->limit->parent == tc) {
-		return tc->limit->cur_size;
-	}
-
-	if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-
-	if (old_limit || new_limit) {
-		if (old_limit == tc->limit) {
-			tc->limit = new_limit;
-		}
-	}
-
-	switch (type) {
-	case TOTAL_MEM_SIZE:
-		if (likely(tc->name != TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE)) {
-			total = tc->size;
-		}
-		break;
-	case TOTAL_MEM_BLOCKS:
-		total++;
-		break;
-	case TOTAL_MEM_LIMIT:
-		if (likely(tc->name != TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE)) {
-			total = tc->size + TC_HDR_SIZE;
-		}
-		break;
-	}
-	for (c = tc->child; c; c = c->next) {
-		total += _talloc_total_mem_internal(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c), type,
-						    old_limit, new_limit);
-	}
-
-	tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-
-	return total;
-}
-
-/*
-  return the total size of a talloc pool (subtree)
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ size_t talloc_total_size(const void *ptr)
-{
-	return _talloc_total_mem_internal(ptr, TOTAL_MEM_SIZE, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-/*
-  return the total number of blocks in a talloc pool (subtree)
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *ptr)
-{
-	return _talloc_total_mem_internal(ptr, TOTAL_MEM_BLOCKS, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-/*
-  return the number of external references to a pointer
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *ptr)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	struct talloc_reference_handle *h;
-	size_t ret = 0;
-
-	for (h=tc->refs;h;h=h->next) {
-		ret++;
-	}
-	return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-  report on memory usage by all children of a pointer, giving a full tree view
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_report_depth_cb(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth,
-			    void (*callback)(const void *ptr,
-			  		     int depth, int max_depth,
-					     int is_ref,
-					     void *private_data),
-			    void *private_data)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *c, *tc;
-
-	if (ptr == NULL) {
-		ptr = null_context;
-	}
-	if (ptr == NULL) return;
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-
-	if (tc->flags & TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	callback(ptr, depth, max_depth, 0, private_data);
-
-	if (max_depth >= 0 && depth >= max_depth) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	tc->flags |= TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-	for (c=tc->child;c;c=c->next) {
-		if (c->name == TALLOC_MAGIC_REFERENCE) {
-			struct talloc_reference_handle *h = (struct talloc_reference_handle *)TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c);
-			callback(h->ptr, depth + 1, max_depth, 1, private_data);
-		} else {
-			talloc_report_depth_cb(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(c), depth + 1, max_depth, callback, private_data);
-		}
-	}
-	tc->flags &= ~TALLOC_FLAG_LOOP;
-}
-
-static void talloc_report_depth_FILE_helper(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, int is_ref, void *_f)
-{
-	const char *name = talloc_get_name(ptr);
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-	FILE *f = (FILE *)_f;
-
-	if (is_ref) {
-		fprintf(f, "%*sreference to: %s\n", depth*4, "", name);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ptr);
-	if (tc->limit && tc->limit->parent == tc) {
-		fprintf(f, "%*s%-30s is a memlimit context"
-			" (max_size = %lu bytes, cur_size = %lu bytes)\n",
-			depth*4, "",
-			name,
-			(unsigned long)tc->limit->max_size,
-			(unsigned long)tc->limit->cur_size);
-	}
-
-	if (depth == 0) {
-		fprintf(f,"%stalloc report on '%s' (total %6lu bytes in %3lu blocks)\n", 
-			(max_depth < 0 ? "full " :""), name,
-			(unsigned long)talloc_total_size(ptr),
-			(unsigned long)talloc_total_blocks(ptr));
-		return;
-	}
-
-	fprintf(f, "%*s%-30s contains %6lu bytes in %3lu blocks (ref %d) %p\n", 
-		depth*4, "",
-		name,
-		(unsigned long)talloc_total_size(ptr),
-		(unsigned long)talloc_total_blocks(ptr),
-		(int)talloc_reference_count(ptr), ptr);
-
-#if 0
-	fprintf(f, "content: ");
-	if (talloc_total_size(ptr)) {
-		int tot = talloc_total_size(ptr);
-		int i;
-
-		for (i = 0; i < tot; i++) {
-			if ((((char *)ptr)[i] > 31) && (((char *)ptr)[i] < 126)) {
-				fprintf(f, "%c", ((char *)ptr)[i]);
-			} else {
-				fprintf(f, "~%02x", ((char *)ptr)[i]);
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	fprintf(f, "\n");
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-  report on memory usage by all children of a pointer, giving a full tree view
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_report_depth_file(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, FILE *f)
-{
-	if (f) {
-		talloc_report_depth_cb(ptr, depth, max_depth, talloc_report_depth_FILE_helper, f);
-		fflush(f);
-	}
-}
-
-/*
-  report on memory usage by all children of a pointer, giving a full tree view
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_report_full(const void *ptr, FILE *f)
-{
-	talloc_report_depth_file(ptr, 0, -1, f);
-}
-
-/*
-  report on memory usage by all children of a pointer
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f)
-{
-	talloc_report_depth_file(ptr, 0, 1, f);
-}
-
-/*
-  report on any memory hanging off the null context
-*/
-static void talloc_report_null(void)
-{
-	if (talloc_total_size(null_context) != 0) {
-		talloc_report(null_context, stderr);
-	}
-}
-
-/*
-  report on any memory hanging off the null context
-*/
-static void talloc_report_null_full(void)
-{
-	if (talloc_total_size(null_context) != 0) {
-		talloc_report_full(null_context, stderr);
-	}
-}
-
-/*
-  enable tracking of the NULL context
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_enable_null_tracking(void)
-{
-	if (null_context == NULL) {
-		null_context = _talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "null_context");
-		if (autofree_context != NULL) {
-			talloc_reparent(NULL, null_context, autofree_context);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/*
-  enable tracking of the NULL context, not moving the autofree context
-  into the NULL context. This is needed for the talloc testsuite
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree(void)
-{
-	if (null_context == NULL) {
-		null_context = _talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "null_context");
-	}
-}
-
-/*
-  disable tracking of the NULL context
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_disable_null_tracking(void)
-{
-	if (null_context != NULL) {
-		/* we have to move any children onto the real NULL
-		   context */
-		struct talloc_chunk *tc, *tc2;
-		tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(null_context);
-		for (tc2 = tc->child; tc2; tc2=tc2->next) {
-			if (tc2->parent == tc) tc2->parent = NULL;
-			if (tc2->prev == tc) tc2->prev = NULL;
-		}
-		for (tc2 = tc->next; tc2; tc2=tc2->next) {
-			if (tc2->parent == tc) tc2->parent = NULL;
-			if (tc2->prev == tc) tc2->prev = NULL;
-		}
-		tc->child = NULL;
-		tc->next = NULL;
-	}
-	talloc_free(null_context);
-	null_context = NULL;
-}
-
-/*
-  enable leak reporting on exit
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_enable_leak_report(void)
-{
-	talloc_enable_null_tracking();
-	atexit(talloc_report_null);
-}
-
-/*
-  enable full leak reporting on exit
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void)
-{
-	talloc_enable_null_tracking();
-	atexit(talloc_report_null_full);
-}
-
-/* 
-   talloc and zero memory. 
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_zero(const void *ctx, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
-	void *p = _talloc_named_const(ctx, size, name);
-
-	if (p) {
-		memset(p, '\0', size);
-	}
-
-	return p;
-}
-
-/*
-  memdup with a talloc. 
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_memdup(const void *t, const void *p, size_t size, const char *name)
-{
-	void *newp = _talloc_named_const(t, size, name);
-
-	if (likely(newp)) {
-		memcpy(newp, p, size);
-	}
-
-	return newp;
-}
-
-static inline char *__talloc_strlendup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t len)
-{
-	char *ret;
-
-	ret = (char *)__talloc(t, len + 1);
-	if (unlikely(!ret)) return NULL;
-
-	memcpy(ret, p, len);
-	ret[len] = 0;
-
-	_talloc_set_name_const(ret, ret);
-	return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-  strdup with a talloc
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strdup(const void *t, const char *p)
-{
-	if (unlikely(!p)) return NULL;
-	return __talloc_strlendup(t, p, strlen(p));
-}
-
-/*
-  strndup with a talloc
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strndup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t n)
-{
-	if (unlikely(!p)) return NULL;
-	return __talloc_strlendup(t, p, strnlen(p, n));
-}
-
-static inline char *__talloc_strlendup_append(char *s, size_t slen,
-					      const char *a, size_t alen)
-{
-	char *ret;
-
-	ret = talloc_realloc(NULL, s, char, slen + alen + 1);
-	if (unlikely(!ret)) return NULL;
-
-	/* append the string and the trailing \0 */
-	memcpy(&ret[slen], a, alen);
-	ret[slen+alen] = 0;
-
-	_talloc_set_name_const(ret, ret);
-	return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * Appends at the end of the string.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strdup_append(char *s, const char *a)
-{
-	if (unlikely(!s)) {
-		return talloc_strdup(NULL, a);
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(!a)) {
-		return s;
-	}
-
-	return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, strlen(s), a, strlen(a));
-}
-
-/*
- * Appends at the end of the talloc'ed buffer,
- * not the end of the string.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strdup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a)
-{
-	size_t slen;
-
-	if (unlikely(!s)) {
-		return talloc_strdup(NULL, a);
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(!a)) {
-		return s;
-	}
-
-	slen = talloc_get_size(s);
-	if (likely(slen > 0)) {
-		slen--;
-	}
-
-	return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, slen, a, strlen(a));
-}
-
-/*
- * Appends at the end of the string.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strndup_append(char *s, const char *a, size_t n)
-{
-	if (unlikely(!s)) {
-		return talloc_strndup(NULL, a, n);
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(!a)) {
-		return s;
-	}
-
-	return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, strlen(s), a, strnlen(a, n));
-}
-
-/*
- * Appends at the end of the talloc'ed buffer,
- * not the end of the string.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_strndup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a, size_t n)
-{
-	size_t slen;
-
-	if (unlikely(!s)) {
-		return talloc_strndup(NULL, a, n);
-	}
-
-	if (unlikely(!a)) {
-		return s;
-	}
-
-	slen = talloc_get_size(s);
-	if (likely(slen > 0)) {
-		slen--;
-	}
-
-	return __talloc_strlendup_append(s, slen, a, strnlen(a, n));
-}
-
-#ifndef HAVE_VA_COPY
-#ifdef HAVE___VA_COPY
-#define va_copy(dest, src) __va_copy(dest, src)
-#else
-#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest) = (src)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	int len;
-	char *ret;
-	va_list ap2;
-	char c;
-
-	/* this call looks strange, but it makes it work on older solaris boxes */
-	va_copy(ap2, ap);
-	len = vsnprintf(&c, 1, fmt, ap2);
-	va_end(ap2);
-	if (unlikely(len < 0)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	ret = (char *)__talloc(t, len+1);
-	if (unlikely(!ret)) return NULL;
-
-	va_copy(ap2, ap);
-	vsnprintf(ret, len+1, fmt, ap2);
-	va_end(ap2);
-
-	_talloc_set_name_const(ret, ret);
-	return ret;
-}
-
-
-/*
-  Perform string formatting, and return a pointer to newly allocated
-  memory holding the result, inside a memory pool.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_asprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	char *ret;
-
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	ret = talloc_vasprintf(t, fmt, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-	return ret;
-}
-
-static inline char *__talloc_vaslenprintf_append(char *s, size_t slen,
-						 const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-						 PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(3,0);
-
-static inline char *__talloc_vaslenprintf_append(char *s, size_t slen,
-						 const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	ssize_t alen;
-	va_list ap2;
-	char c;
-
-	va_copy(ap2, ap);
-	alen = vsnprintf(&c, 1, fmt, ap2);
-	va_end(ap2);
-
-	if (alen <= 0) {
-		/* Either the vsnprintf failed or the format resulted in
-		 * no characters being formatted. In the former case, we
-		 * ought to return NULL, in the latter we ought to return
-		 * the original string. Most current callers of this
-		 * function expect it to never return NULL.
-		 */
-		return s;
-	}
-
-	s = talloc_realloc(NULL, s, char, slen + alen + 1);
-	if (!s) return NULL;
-
-	va_copy(ap2, ap);
-	vsnprintf(s + slen, alen + 1, fmt, ap2);
-	va_end(ap2);
-
-	_talloc_set_name_const(s, s);
-	return s;
-}
-
-/**
- * Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and @p ap,
- * and return @p s, which may have moved.  Good for gradually
- * accumulating output into a string buffer. Appends at the end
- * of the string.
- **/
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_vasprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	if (unlikely(!s)) {
-		return talloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, ap);
-	}
-
-	return __talloc_vaslenprintf_append(s, strlen(s), fmt, ap);
-}
-
-/**
- * Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and @p ap,
- * and return @p s, which may have moved. Always appends at the
- * end of the talloc'ed buffer, not the end of the string.
- **/
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
-{
-	size_t slen;
-
-	if (unlikely(!s)) {
-		return talloc_vasprintf(NULL, fmt, ap);
-	}
-
-	slen = talloc_get_size(s);
-	if (likely(slen > 0)) {
-		slen--;
-	}
-
-	return __talloc_vaslenprintf_append(s, slen, fmt, ap);
-}
-
-/*
-  Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and return @p
-  s, which may have moved.  Good for gradually accumulating output
-  into a string buffer.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	s = talloc_vasprintf_append(s, fmt, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-	return s;
-}
-
-/*
-  Realloc @p s to append the formatted result of @p fmt and return @p
-  s, which may have moved.  Good for gradually accumulating output
-  into a buffer.
- */
-_PUBLIC_ char *talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-
-	va_start(ap, fmt);
-	s = talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer(s, fmt, ap);
-	va_end(ap);
-	return s;
-}
-
-/*
-  alloc an array, checking for integer overflow in the array size
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name)
-{
-	if (count >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE/el_size) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	return _talloc_named_const(ctx, el_size * count, name);
-}
-
-/*
-  alloc an zero array, checking for integer overflow in the array size
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_zero_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name)
-{
-	if (count >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE/el_size) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	return _talloc_zero(ctx, el_size * count, name);
-}
-
-/*
-  realloc an array, checking for integer overflow in the array size
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *_talloc_realloc_array(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name)
-{
-	if (count >= MAX_TALLOC_SIZE/el_size) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	return _talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, el_size * count, name);
-}
-
-/*
-  a function version of talloc_realloc(), so it can be passed as a function pointer
-  to libraries that want a realloc function (a realloc function encapsulates
-  all the basic capabilities of an allocation library, which is why this is useful)
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size)
-{
-	return _talloc_realloc(context, ptr, size, NULL);
-}
-
-
-static int talloc_autofree_destructor(void *ptr)
-{
-	autofree_context = NULL;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static void talloc_autofree(void)
-{
-	talloc_free(autofree_context);
-}
-
-/*
-  return a context which will be auto-freed on exit
-  this is useful for reducing the noise in leak reports
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_autofree_context(void)
-{
-	if (autofree_context == NULL) {
-		autofree_context = _talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "autofree_context");
-		talloc_set_destructor(autofree_context, talloc_autofree_destructor);
-		atexit(talloc_autofree);
-	}
-	return autofree_context;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ size_t talloc_get_size(const void *context)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
-	if (context == NULL) {
-		context = null_context;
-	}
-	if (context == NULL) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
-
-	return tc->size;
-}
-
-/*
-  find a parent of this context that has the given name, if any
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void *talloc_find_parent_byname(const void *context, const char *name)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
-	if (context == NULL) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
-	while (tc) {
-		if (tc->name && strcmp(tc->name, name) == 0) {
-			return TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc);
-		}
-		while (tc && tc->prev) tc = tc->prev;
-		if (tc) {
-			tc = tc->parent;
-		}
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
-  show the parentage of a context
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ void talloc_show_parents(const void *context, FILE *file)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
-	if (context == NULL) {
-		fprintf(file, "talloc no parents for NULL\n");
-		return;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
-	fprintf(file, "talloc parents of '%s'\n", talloc_get_name(context));
-	while (tc) {
-		fprintf(file, "\t'%s'\n", talloc_get_name(TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc)));
-		while (tc && tc->prev) tc = tc->prev;
-		if (tc) {
-			tc = tc->parent;
-		}
-	}
-	fflush(file);
-}
-
-/*
-  return 1 if ptr is a parent of context
-*/
-static int _talloc_is_parent(const void *context, const void *ptr, int depth)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc;
-
-	if (context == NULL) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(context);
-	while (tc && depth > 0) {
-		if (TC_PTR_FROM_CHUNK(tc) == ptr) return 1;
-		while (tc && tc->prev) tc = tc->prev;
-		if (tc) {
-			tc = tc->parent;
-			depth--;
-		}
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-  return 1 if ptr is a parent of context
-*/
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_is_parent(const void *context, const void *ptr)
-{
-	return _talloc_is_parent(context, ptr, TALLOC_MAX_DEPTH);
-}
-
-/*
-  return the total size of memory used by this context and all children
-*/
-static size_t _talloc_total_limit_size(const void *ptr,
-					struct talloc_memlimit *old_limit,
-					struct talloc_memlimit *new_limit)
-{
-	return _talloc_total_mem_internal(ptr, TOTAL_MEM_LIMIT,
-					  old_limit, new_limit);
-}
-
-static bool talloc_memlimit_check(struct talloc_memlimit *limit, size_t size)
-{
-	struct talloc_memlimit *l;
-
-	for (l = limit; l != NULL; l = l->upper) {
-		if (l->max_size != 0 &&
-		    ((l->max_size <= l->cur_size) ||
-		     (l->max_size - l->cur_size < TC_HDR_SIZE+size))) {
-			return false;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool talloc_memlimit_update(struct talloc_memlimit *limit,
-				   size_t old_size, size_t new_size)
-{
-	struct talloc_memlimit *l;
-	ssize_t d;
-
-	if (old_size == 0) {
-		d = new_size + TC_HDR_SIZE;
-	} else {
-		d = new_size - old_size;
-	}
-	for (l = limit; l != NULL; l = l->upper) {
-		ssize_t new_cur_size = l->cur_size + d;
-		if (new_cur_size < 0) {
-			return false;
-		}
-		l->cur_size = new_cur_size;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-_PUBLIC_ int talloc_set_memlimit(const void *ctx, size_t max_size)
-{
-	struct talloc_chunk *tc = talloc_chunk_from_ptr(ctx);
-	struct talloc_memlimit *orig_limit;
-	struct talloc_memlimit *limit = NULL;
-
-	if (tc->limit && tc->limit->parent == tc) {
-		tc->limit->max_size = max_size;
-		return 0;
-	}
-	orig_limit = tc->limit;
-
-	limit = malloc(sizeof(struct talloc_memlimit));
-	if (limit == NULL) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-	limit->parent = tc;
-	limit->max_size = max_size;
-	limit->cur_size = _talloc_total_limit_size(ctx, tc->limit, limit);
-
-	if (orig_limit) {
-		limit->upper = orig_limit;
-	} else {
-		limit->upper = NULL;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.h b/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f3cbcd0e7c0..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1883 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _TALLOC_H_
-#define _TALLOC_H_
-/*
-   Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-   Samba temporary memory allocation functions
-
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004-2005
-   Copyright (C) Stefan Metzmacher 2006
-
-     ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc
-     ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
-     ** under the LGPL
-
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @defgroup talloc The talloc API
- *
- * talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with
- * destructors. It is the core memory allocator used in Samba.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#define TALLOC_VERSION_MAJOR 2
-#define TALLOC_VERSION_MINOR 0
-
-int talloc_version_major(void);
-int talloc_version_minor(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Define a talloc parent type
- *
- * As talloc is a hierarchial memory allocator, every talloc chunk is a
- * potential parent to other talloc chunks. So defining a separate type for a
- * talloc chunk is not strictly necessary. TALLOC_CTX is defined nevertheless,
- * as it provides an indicator for function arguments. You will frequently
- * write code like
- *
- * @code
- *      struct foo *foo_create(TALLOC_CTX *mem_ctx)
- *      {
- *              struct foo *result;
- *              result = talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo);
- *              if (result == NULL) return NULL;
- *                      ... initialize foo ...
- *              return result;
- *      }
- * @endcode
- *
- * In this type of allocating functions it is handy to have a general
- * TALLOC_CTX type to indicate which parent to put allocated structures on.
- */
-typedef void TALLOC_CTX;
-
-/*
-  this uses a little trick to allow __LINE__ to be stringified
-*/
-#ifndef __location__
-#define __TALLOC_STRING_LINE1__(s)    #s
-#define __TALLOC_STRING_LINE2__(s)   __TALLOC_STRING_LINE1__(s)
-#define __TALLOC_STRING_LINE3__  __TALLOC_STRING_LINE2__(__LINE__)
-#define __location__ __FILE__ ":" __TALLOC_STRING_LINE3__
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TALLOC_DEPRECATED
-#define TALLOC_DEPRECATED 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE
-#if (__GNUC__ >= 3)
-/** Use gcc attribute to check printf fns.  a1 is the 1-based index of
- * the parameter containing the format, and a2 the index of the first
- * argument. Note that some gcc 2.x versions don't handle this
- * properly **/
-#define PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(a1, a2) __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, a1, a2)))
-#else
-#define PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(a1, a2)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Create a new talloc context.
- *
- * The talloc() macro is the core of the talloc library. It takes a memory
- * context and a type, and returns a pointer to a new area of memory of the
- * given type.
- *
- * The returned pointer is itself a talloc context, so you can use it as the
- * context argument to more calls to talloc if you wish.
- *
- * The returned pointer is a "child" of the supplied context. This means that if
- * you talloc_free() the context then the new child disappears as well.
- * Alternatively you can free just the child.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      A talloc context to create a new reference on or NULL to
- *                      create a new top level context.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The type of memory to allocate.
- *
- * @return              A type casted talloc context or NULL on error.
- *
- * @code
- *      unsigned int *a, *b;
- *
- *      a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      b = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_zero
- * @see talloc_array
- * @see talloc_steal
- * @see talloc_free
- */
-void *talloc(const void *ctx, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc(ctx, type) (type *)talloc_named_const(ctx, sizeof(type), #type)
-void *_talloc(const void *context, size_t size);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Create a new top level talloc context.
- *
- * This function creates a zero length named talloc context as a top level
- * context. It is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_named(NULL, 0, fmt, ...);
- * @endcode
- * @param[in]  fmt      Format string for the name.
- *
- * @param[in]  ...      Additional printf-style arguments.
- *
- * @return              The allocated memory chunk, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_named()
- */
-void *talloc_init(const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(1,2);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Free a chunk of talloc memory.
- *
- * The talloc_free() function frees a piece of talloc memory, and all its
- * children. You can call talloc_free() on any pointer returned by
- * talloc().
- *
- * The return value of talloc_free() indicates success or failure, with 0
- * returned for success and -1 for failure. A possible failure condition
- * is if the pointer had a destructor attached to it and the destructor
- * returned -1. See talloc_set_destructor() for details on
- * destructors. Likewise, if "ptr" is NULL, then the function will make
- * no modifications and return -1.
- *
- * From version 2.0 and onwards, as a special case, talloc_free() is
- * refused on pointers that have more than one parent associated, as talloc
- * would have no way of knowing which parent should be removed. This is
- * different from older versions in the sense that always the reference to
- * the most recently established parent has been destroyed. Hence to free a
- * pointer that has more than one parent please use talloc_unlink().
- *
- * To help you find problems in your code caused by this behaviour, if
- * you do try and free a pointer with more than one parent then the
- * talloc logging function will be called to give output like this:
- *
- * @code
- *   ERROR: talloc_free with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
- *     reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
- *     reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
- * @endcode
- *
- * Please see the documentation for talloc_set_log_fn() and
- * talloc_set_log_stderr() for more information on talloc logging
- * functions.
- *
- * If <code>TALLOC_FREE_FILL</code> environment variable is set,
- * the memory occupied by the context is filled with the value of this variable.
- * The value should be a numeric representation of the character you want to
- * use.
- *
- * talloc_free() operates recursively on its children.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The chunk to be freed.
- *
- * @return              Returns 0 on success and -1 on error. A possible
- *                      failure condition is if the pointer had a destructor
- *                      attached to it and the destructor returned -1. Likewise,
- *                      if "ptr" is NULL, then the function will make no
- *                      modifications and returns -1.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *      unsigned int *a, *b;
- *      a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      b = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- *
- *      talloc_free(a); // Frees a and b
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_set_destructor()
- * @see talloc_unlink()
- */
-int talloc_free(void *ptr);
-#else
-#define talloc_free(ctx) _talloc_free(ctx, __location__)
-int _talloc_free(void *ptr, const char *location);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Free a talloc chunk's children.
- *
- * The function walks along the list of all children of a talloc context and
- * talloc_free()s only the children, not the context itself.
- *
- * A NULL argument is handled as no-op.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The chunk that you want to free the children of
- *                      (NULL is allowed too)
- */
-void talloc_free_children(void *ptr);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Assign a destructor function to be called when a chunk is freed.
- *
- * The function talloc_set_destructor() sets the "destructor" for the pointer
- * "ptr". A destructor is a function that is called when the memory used by a
- * pointer is about to be released. The destructor receives the pointer as an
- * argument, and should return 0 for success and -1 for failure.
- *
- * The destructor can do anything it wants to, including freeing other pieces
- * of memory. A common use for destructors is to clean up operating system
- * resources (such as open file descriptors) contained in the structure the
- * destructor is placed on.
- *
- * You can only place one destructor on a pointer. If you need more than one
- * destructor then you can create a zero-length child of the pointer and place
- * an additional destructor on that.
- *
- * To remove a destructor call talloc_set_destructor() with NULL for the
- * destructor.
- *
- * If your destructor attempts to talloc_free() the pointer that it is the
- * destructor for then talloc_free() will return -1 and the free will be
- * ignored. This would be a pointless operation anyway, as the destructor is
- * only called when the memory is just about to go away.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk to add a destructor to.
- *
- * @param[in]  destructor  The destructor function to be called. NULL to remove
- *                         it.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *      static int destroy_fd(int *fd) {
- *              close(*fd);
- *              return 0;
- *      }
- *
- *      int *open_file(const char *filename) {
- *              int *fd = talloc(NULL, int);
- *              *fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY);
- *              if (*fd < 0) {
- *                      talloc_free(fd);
- *                      return NULL;
- *              }
- *              // Whenever they free this, we close the file.
- *              talloc_set_destructor(fd, destroy_fd);
- *              return fd;
- *      }
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc()
- * @see talloc_free()
- */
-void talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *));
-
-/**
- * @brief Change a talloc chunk's parent.
- *
- * The talloc_steal() function changes the parent context of a talloc
- * pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is
- * currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the
- * memory for a longer time.
- *
- * To make the changed hierarchy less error-prone, you might consider to use
- * talloc_move().
- *
- * If you try and call talloc_steal() on a pointer that has more than one
- * parent then the result is ambiguous. Talloc will choose to remove the
- * parent that is currently indicated by talloc_parent() and replace it with
- * the chosen parent. You will also get a message like this via the talloc
- * logging functions:
- *
- * @code
- *   WARNING: talloc_steal with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
- *     reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
- *     reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
- * @endcode
- *
- * To unambiguously change the parent of a pointer please see the function
- * talloc_reparent(). See the talloc_set_log_fn() documentation for more
- * information on talloc logging.
- *
- * @param[in]  new_ctx  The new parent context.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk to move.
- *
- * @return              Returns the pointer that you pass it. It does not have
- *                      any failure modes.
- *
- * @note It is possible to produce loops in the parent/child relationship
- * if you are not careful with talloc_steal(). No guarantees are provided
- * as to your sanity or the safety of your data if you do this.
- */
-void *talloc_steal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr);
-#else /* DOXYGEN */
-/* try to make talloc_set_destructor() and talloc_steal() type safe,
-   if we have a recent gcc */
-#if (__GNUC__ >= 3)
-#define _TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr) __typeof__(ptr)
-#define talloc_set_destructor(ptr, function)				      \
-	do {								      \
-		int (*_talloc_destructor_fn)(_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr)) = (function);	      \
-		_talloc_set_destructor((ptr), (int (*)(void *))_talloc_destructor_fn); \
-	} while(0)
-/* this extremely strange macro is to avoid some braindamaged warning
-   stupidity in gcc 4.1.x */
-#define talloc_steal(ctx, ptr) ({ _TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr) __talloc_steal_ret = (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))_talloc_steal_loc((ctx),(ptr), __location__); __talloc_steal_ret; })
-#else /* __GNUC__ >= 3 */
-#define talloc_set_destructor(ptr, function) \
-	_talloc_set_destructor((ptr), (int (*)(void *))(function))
-#define _TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr) void *
-#define talloc_steal(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))_talloc_steal_loc((ctx),(ptr), __location__)
-#endif /* __GNUC__ >= 3 */
-void _talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*_destructor)(void *));
-void *_talloc_steal_loc(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr, const char *location);
-#endif /* DOXYGEN */
-
-/**
- * @brief Assign a name to a talloc chunk.
- *
- * Each talloc pointer has a "name". The name is used principally for
- * debugging purposes, although it is also possible to set and get the name on
- * a pointer in as a way of "marking" pointers in your code.
- *
- * The main use for names on pointer is for "talloc reports". See
- * talloc_report() and talloc_report_full() for details. Also see
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() and talloc_enable_leak_report_full().
- *
- * The talloc_set_name() function allocates memory as a child of the
- * pointer. It is logically equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, talloc_asprintf(ptr, fmt, ...));
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk to assign a name to.
- *
- * @param[in]  fmt      Format string for the name.
- *
- * @param[in]  ...      Add printf-style additional arguments.
- *
- * @return              The assigned name, NULL on error.
- *
- * @note Multiple calls to talloc_set_name() will allocate more memory without
- * releasing the name. All of the memory is released when the ptr is freed
- * using talloc_free().
- */
-const char *talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Change a talloc chunk's parent.
- *
- * This function has the same effect as talloc_steal(), and additionally sets
- * the source pointer to NULL. You would use it like this:
- *
- * @code
- *      struct foo *X = talloc(tmp_ctx, struct foo);
- *      struct foo *Y;
- *      Y = talloc_move(new_ctx, &X);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  new_ctx  The new parent context.
- *
- * @param[in]  pptr     Pointer to the talloc chunk to move.
- *
- * @return              The pointer of the talloc chunk it has been moved to,
- *                      NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_move(const void *new_ctx, void **pptr);
-#else
-#define talloc_move(ctx, pptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(*(pptr)))_talloc_move((ctx),(void *)(pptr))
-void *_talloc_move(const void *new_ctx, const void *pptr);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Assign a name to a talloc chunk.
- *
- * The function is just like talloc_set_name(), but it takes a string constant,
- * and is much faster. It is extensively used by the "auto naming" macros, such
- * as talloc_p().
- *
- * This function does not allocate any memory. It just copies the supplied
- * pointer into the internal representation of the talloc ptr. This means you
- * must not pass a name pointer to memory that will disappear before the ptr
- * is freed with talloc_free().
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk to assign a name to.
- *
- * @param[in]  name     Format string for the name.
- */
-void talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name);
-
-/**
- * @brief Create a named talloc chunk.
- *
- * The talloc_named() function creates a named talloc pointer. It is
- * equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      ptr = talloc_size(context, size);
- *      talloc_set_name(ptr, fmt, ....);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  context  The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  size     Number of char's that you want to allocate.
- *
- * @param[in]  fmt      Format string for the name.
- *
- * @param[in]  ...      Additional printf-style arguments.
- *
- * @return              The allocated memory chunk, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_set_name()
- */
-void *talloc_named(const void *context, size_t size,
-		   const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(3,4);
-
-/**
- * @brief Basic routine to allocate a chunk of memory.
- *
- * This is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      ptr = talloc_size(context, size);
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  context  The parent context.
- *
- * @param[in]  size     The number of char's that we want to allocate.
- *
- * @param[in]  name     The name the talloc block has.
- *
- * @return             The allocated memory chunk, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Untyped allocation.
- *
- * The function should be used when you don't have a convenient type to pass to
- * talloc(). Unlike talloc(), it is not type safe (as it returns a void *), so
- * you are on your own for type checking.
- *
- * Best to use talloc() or talloc_array() instead.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx     The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  size    Number of char's that you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return             The allocated memory chunk, NULL on error.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *      void *mem = talloc_size(NULL, 100);
- * @endcode
- */
-void *talloc_size(const void *ctx, size_t size);
-#else
-#define talloc_size(ctx, size) talloc_named_const(ctx, size, __location__)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate into a typed pointer.
- *
- * The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer and want
- * to allocate memory to point at with this pointer. When compiling with
- * gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_size() and
- * talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file and
- * not the type.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The pointer you want to assign the result to.
- *
- * @return              The properly casted allocated memory chunk, NULL on
- *                      error.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *       unsigned int *a = talloc_ptrtype(NULL, a);
- * @endcode
- */
-void *talloc_ptrtype(const void *ctx, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc_ptrtype(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(*(ptr)))
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate a new 0-sized talloc chunk.
- *
- * This is a utility macro that creates a new memory context hanging off an
- * existing context, automatically naming it "talloc_new: __location__" where
- * __location__ is the source line it is called from. It is particularly
- * useful for creating a new temporary working context.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc parent context.
- *
- * @return              A new talloc chunk, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_new(const void *ctx);
-#else
-#define talloc_new(ctx) talloc_named_const(ctx, 0, "talloc_new: " __location__)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate a 0-initizialized structure.
- *
- * The macro is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      ptr = talloc(ctx, type);
- *      if (ptr) memset(ptr, 0, sizeof(type));
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The type that we want to allocate.
- *
- * @return              Pointer to a piece of memory, properly cast to 'type *',
- *                      NULL on error.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *      unsigned int *a, *b;
- *      a = talloc_zero(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      b = talloc_zero(a, unsigned int);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc()
- * @see talloc_zero_size()
- * @see talloc_zero_array()
- */
-void *talloc_zero(const void *ctx, #type);
-
-/**
- * @brief Allocate untyped, 0-initialized memory.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  size     Number of char's that you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return              The allocated memory chunk.
- */
-void *talloc_zero_size(const void *ctx, size_t size);
-#else
-#define talloc_zero(ctx, type) (type *)_talloc_zero(ctx, sizeof(type), #type)
-#define talloc_zero_size(ctx, size) _talloc_zero(ctx, size, __location__)
-void *_talloc_zero(const void *ctx, size_t size, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Return the name of a talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @return              The current name for the given talloc pointer.
- *
- * @see talloc_set_name()
- */
-const char *talloc_get_name(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Verify that a talloc chunk carries a specified name.
- *
- * This function checks if a pointer has the specified name. If it does
- * then the pointer is returned.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr       The talloc chunk to check.
- *
- * @param[in]  name      The name to check against.
- *
- * @return               The pointer if the name matches, NULL if it doesn't.
- */
-void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the parent chunk of a pointer.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc pointer to inspect.
- *
- * @return              The talloc parent of ptr, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_parent(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get a talloc chunk's parent name.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc pointer to inspect.
- *
- * @return              The name of ptr's parent chunk.
- */
-const char *talloc_parent_name(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the total size of a talloc chunk including its children.
- *
- * The function returns the total size in bytes used by this pointer and all
- * child pointers. Mostly useful for debugging.
- *
- * Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
- * been called.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @return              The total size.
- */
-size_t talloc_total_size(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the number of talloc chunks hanging off a chunk.
- *
- * The talloc_total_blocks() function returns the total memory block
- * count used by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful for
- * debugging.
- *
- * Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
- * been called.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @return              The total size.
- */
-size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *ptr);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Duplicate a memory area into a talloc chunk.
- *
- * The function is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
- *      if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, size);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  t        The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  p        The memory chunk you want to duplicate.
- *
- * @param[in]  size     Number of char's that you want copy.
- *
- * @return              The allocated memory chunk.
- *
- * @see talloc_size()
- */
-void *talloc_memdup(const void *t, const void *p, size_t size);
-#else
-#define talloc_memdup(t, p, size) _talloc_memdup(t, p, size, __location__)
-void *_talloc_memdup(const void *t, const void *p, size_t size, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Assign a type to a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This macro allows you to force the name of a pointer to be of a particular
- * type. This can be used in conjunction with talloc_get_type() to do type
- * checking on void* pointers.
- *
- * It is equivalent to this:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk to assign the type to.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The type to assign.
- */
-void talloc_set_type(const char *ptr, #type);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get a typed pointer out of a talloc pointer.
- *
- * This macro allows you to do type checking on talloc pointers. It is
- * particularly useful for void* private pointers. It is equivalent to
- * this:
- *
- * @code
- *      (type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc pointer to check.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The type to check against.
- *
- * @return              The properly casted pointer given by ptr, NULL on error.
- */
-type *talloc_get_type(const void *ptr, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc_set_type(ptr, type) talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type)
-#define talloc_get_type(ptr, type) (type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Safely turn a void pointer into a typed pointer.
- *
- * This macro is used together with talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo). If you had to
- * assing the talloc chunk pointer to some void pointer variable,
- * talloc_get_type_abort() is the recommended way to get the convert the void
- * pointer back to a typed pointer.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The void pointer to convert.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The type that this chunk contains
- *
- * @return              The same value as ptr, type-checked and properly cast.
- */
-void *talloc_get_type_abort(const void *ptr, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc_get_type_abort(ptr, type) (type *)_talloc_get_type_abort(ptr, #type, __location__)
-void *_talloc_get_type_abort(const void *ptr, const char *name, const char *location);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Find a parent context by name.
- *
- * Find a parent memory context of the current context that has the given
- * name. This can be very useful in complex programs where it may be
- * difficult to pass all information down to the level you need, but you
- * know the structure you want is a parent of another context.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc chunk to start from.
- *
- * @param[in]  name     The name of the parent we look for.
- *
- * @return              The memory context we are looking for, NULL if not
- *                      found.
- */
-void *talloc_find_parent_byname(const void *ctx, const char *name);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Find a parent context by type.
- *
- * Find a parent memory context of the current context that has the given
- * name. This can be very useful in complex programs where it may be
- * difficult to pass all information down to the level you need, but you
- * know the structure you want is a parent of another context.
- *
- * Like talloc_find_parent_byname() but takes a type, making it typesafe.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk to start from.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The type of the parent to look for.
- *
- * @return              The memory context we are looking for, NULL if not
- *                      found.
- */
-void *talloc_find_parent_bytype(const void *ptr, #type);
-#else
-#define talloc_find_parent_bytype(ptr, type) (type *)talloc_find_parent_byname(ptr, #type)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Allocate a talloc pool.
- *
- * A talloc pool is a pure optimization for specific situations. In the
- * release process for Samba 3.2 we found out that we had become considerably
- * slower than Samba 3.0 was. Profiling showed that malloc(3) was a large CPU
- * consumer in benchmarks. For Samba 3.2 we have internally converted many
- * static buffers to dynamically allocated ones, so malloc(3) being beaten
- * more was no surprise. But it made us slower.
- *
- * talloc_pool() is an optimization to call malloc(3) a lot less for the use
- * pattern Samba has: The SMB protocol is mainly a request/response protocol
- * where we have to allocate a certain amount of memory per request and free
- * that after the SMB reply is sent to the client.
- *
- * talloc_pool() creates a talloc chunk that you can use as a talloc parent
- * exactly as you would use any other ::TALLOC_CTX. The difference is that
- * when you talloc a child of this pool, no malloc(3) is done. Instead, talloc
- * just increments a pointer inside the talloc_pool. This also works
- * recursively. If you use the child of the talloc pool as a parent for
- * grand-children, their memory is also taken from the talloc pool.
- *
- * If there is not enough memory in the pool to allocate the new child,
- * it will create a new talloc chunk as if the parent was a normal talloc
- * context.
- *
- * If you talloc_free() children of a talloc pool, the memory is not given
- * back to the system. Instead, free(3) is only called if the talloc_pool()
- * itself is released with talloc_free().
- *
- * The downside of a talloc pool is that if you talloc_move() a child of a
- * talloc pool to a talloc parent outside the pool, the whole pool memory is
- * not free(3)'ed until that moved chunk is also talloc_free()ed.
- *
- * @param[in]  context  The talloc context to hang the result off (must not
- *			be another pool).
- *
- * @param[in]  size     Size of the talloc pool.
- *
- * @return              The allocated talloc pool, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_pool(const void *context, size_t size);
-
-/**
- * @brief Free a talloc chunk and NULL out the pointer.
- *
- * TALLOC_FREE() frees a pointer and sets it to NULL. Use this if you want
- * immediate feedback (i.e. crash) if you use a pointer after having free'ed
- * it.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The chunk to be freed.
- */
-#define TALLOC_FREE(ctx) do { talloc_free(ctx); ctx=NULL; } while(0)
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * \defgroup talloc_ref The talloc reference function.
- * @ingroup talloc
- *
- * This module contains the definitions around talloc references
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Increase the reference count of a talloc chunk.
- *
- * The talloc_increase_ref_count(ptr) function is exactly equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_reference(NULL, ptr);
- * @endcode
- *
- * You can use either syntax, depending on which you think is clearer in
- * your code.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The pointer to increase the reference count.
- *
- * @return              0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the number of references to a talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The pointer to retrieve the reference count from.
- *
- * @return              The number of references.
- */
-size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *ptr);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Create an additional talloc parent to a pointer.
- *
- * The talloc_reference() function makes "context" an additional parent of
- * ptr. Each additional reference consumes around 48 bytes of memory on intel
- * x86 platforms.
- *
- * If ptr is NULL, then the function is a no-op, and simply returns NULL.
- *
- * After creating a reference you can free it in one of the following ways:
- *
- * - you can talloc_free() any parent of the original pointer. That
- *   will reduce the number of parents of this pointer by 1, and will
- *   cause this pointer to be freed if it runs out of parents.
- *
- * - you can talloc_free() the pointer itself if it has at maximum one
- *   parent. This behaviour has been changed since the release of version
- *   2.0. Further informations in the description of "talloc_free".
- *
- * For more control on which parent to remove, see talloc_unlink()
- * @param[in]  ctx      The additional parent.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The pointer you want to create an additional parent for.
- *
- * @return              The original pointer 'ptr', NULL if talloc ran out of
- *                      memory in creating the reference.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *      unsigned int *a, *b, *c;
- *      a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      b = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      c = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- *      // b also serves as a parent of c.
- *      talloc_reference(b, c);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_unlink()
- */
-void *talloc_reference(const void *ctx, const void *ptr);
-#else
-#define talloc_reference(ctx, ptr) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))_talloc_reference_loc((ctx),(ptr), __location__)
-void *_talloc_reference_loc(const void *context, const void *ptr, const char *location);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Remove a specific parent from a talloc chunk.
- *
- * The function removes a specific parent from ptr. The context passed must
- * either be a context used in talloc_reference() with this pointer, or must be
- * a direct parent of ptr.
- *
- * You can just use talloc_free() instead of talloc_unlink() if there
- * is at maximum one parent. This behaviour has been changed since the
- * release of version 2.0. Further informations in the description of
- * "talloc_free".
- *
- * @param[in]  context  The talloc parent to remove.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc ptr you want to remove the parent from.
- *
- * @return              0 on success, -1 on error.
- *
- * @note If the parent has already been removed using talloc_free() then
- * this function will fail and will return -1.  Likewise, if ptr is NULL,
- * then the function will make no modifications and return -1.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *      unsigned int *a, *b, *c;
- *      a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      b = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      c = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- *      // b also serves as a parent of c.
- *      talloc_reference(b, c);
- *      talloc_unlink(b, c);
- * @endcode
- */
-int talloc_unlink(const void *context, void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Provide a talloc context that is freed at program exit.
- *
- * This is a handy utility function that returns a talloc context
- * which will be automatically freed on program exit. This can be used
- * to reduce the noise in memory leak reports.
- *
- * Never use this in code that might be used in objects loaded with
- * dlopen and unloaded with dlclose. talloc_autofree_context()
- * internally uses atexit(3). Some platforms like modern Linux handles
- * this fine, but for example FreeBSD does not deal well with dlopen()
- * and atexit() used simultaneously: dlclose() does not clean up the
- * list of atexit-handlers, so when the program exits the code that
- * was registered from within talloc_autofree_context() is gone, the
- * program crashes at exit.
- *
- * @return              A talloc context, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_autofree_context(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Get the size of a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This function lets you know the amount of memory allocated so far by
- * this context. It does NOT account for subcontext memory.
- * This can be used to calculate the size of an array.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @return              The size of the talloc chunk.
- */
-size_t talloc_get_size(const void *ctx);
-
-/**
- * @brief Show the parentage of a context.
- *
- * @param[in]  context            The talloc context to look at.
- *
- * @param[in]  file               The output to use, a file, stdout or stderr.
- */
-void talloc_show_parents(const void *context, FILE *file);
-
-/**
- * @brief Check if a context is parent of a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This checks if context is referenced in the talloc hierarchy above ptr.
- *
- * @param[in]  context  The assumed talloc context.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk to check.
- *
- * @return              Return 1 if this is the case, 0 if not.
- */
-int talloc_is_parent(const void *context, const void *ptr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Change the parent context of a talloc pointer.
- *
- * The function changes the parent context of a talloc pointer. It is typically
- * used when the context that the pointer is currently a child of is going to be
- * freed and you wish to keep the memory for a longer time.
- *
- * The difference between talloc_reparent() and talloc_steal() is that
- * talloc_reparent() can specify which parent you wish to change. This is
- * useful when a pointer has multiple parents via references.
- *
- * @param[in]  old_parent
- * @param[in]  new_parent
- * @param[in]  ptr
- *
- * @return              Return the pointer you passed. It does not have any
- *                      failure modes.
- */
-void *talloc_reparent(const void *old_parent, const void *new_parent, const void *ptr);
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * @defgroup talloc_array The talloc array functions
- * @ingroup talloc
- *
- * Talloc contains some handy helpers for handling Arrays conveniently
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate an array.
- *
- * The macro is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      (type *)talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type) * count);
- * @endcode
- *
- * except that it provides integer overflow protection for the multiply,
- * returning NULL if the multiply overflows.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The type that we want to allocate.
- *
- * @param[in]  count    The number of 'type' elements you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return              The allocated result, properly cast to 'type *', NULL on
- *                      error.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *      unsigned int *a, *b;
- *      a = talloc_zero(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      b = talloc_array(a, unsigned int, 100);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc()
- * @see talloc_zero_array()
- */
-void *talloc_array(const void *ctx, #type, unsigned count);
-#else
-#define talloc_array(ctx, type, count) (type *)_talloc_array(ctx, sizeof(type), count, #type)
-void *_talloc_array(const void *ctx, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate an array.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  size     The size of an array element.
- *
- * @param[in]  count    The number of elements you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return              The allocated result, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned count);
-#else
-#define talloc_array_size(ctx, size, count) _talloc_array(ctx, size, count, __location__)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate an array into a typed pointer.
- *
- * The macro should be used when you have a pointer to an array and want to
- * allocate memory of an array to point at with this pointer. When compiling
- * with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_array_size()
- * and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file
- * and not the type.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The pointer you want to assign the result to.
- *
- * @param[in]  count    The number of elements you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return              The allocated memory chunk, properly casted. NULL on
- *                      error.
- */
-void *talloc_array_ptrtype(const void *ctx, const void *ptr, unsigned count);
-#else
-#define talloc_array_ptrtype(ctx, ptr, count) (_TALLOC_TYPEOF(ptr))talloc_array_size(ctx, sizeof(*(ptr)), count)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Get the number of elements in a talloc'ed array.
- *
- * A talloc chunk carries its own size, so for talloc'ed arrays it is not
- * necessary to store the number of elements explicitly.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The allocated array.
- *
- * @return              The number of elements in ctx.
- */
-size_t talloc_array_length(const void *ctx);
-#else
-#define talloc_array_length(ctx) (talloc_get_size(ctx)/sizeof(*ctx))
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Allocate a zero-initialized array
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The type that we want to allocate.
- *
- * @param[in]  count    The number of "type" elements you want to allocate.
- *
- * @return              The allocated result casted to "type *", NULL on error.
- *
- * The talloc_zero_array() macro is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *     ptr = talloc_array(ctx, type, count);
- *     if (ptr) memset(ptr, sizeof(type) * count);
- * @endcode
- */
-void *talloc_zero_array(const void *ctx, #type, unsigned count);
-#else
-#define talloc_zero_array(ctx, type, count) (type *)_talloc_zero_array(ctx, sizeof(type), count, #type)
-void *_talloc_zero_array(const void *ctx,
-			 size_t el_size,
-			 unsigned count,
-			 const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Change the size of a talloc array.
- *
- * The macro changes the size of a talloc pointer. The 'count' argument is the
- * number of elements of type 'type' that you want the resulting pointer to
- * hold.
- *
- * talloc_realloc() has the following equivalences:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_realloc(ctx, NULL, type, 1) ==> talloc(ctx, type);
- *      talloc_realloc(ctx, NULL, type, N) ==> talloc_array(ctx, type, N);
- *      talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, type, 0)  ==> talloc_free(ptr);
- * @endcode
- *
- * The "context" argument is only used if "ptr" is NULL, otherwise it is
- * ignored.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The parent context used if ptr is NULL.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The chunk to be resized.
- *
- * @param[in]  type     The type of the array element inside ptr.
- *
- * @param[in]  count    The intended number of array elements.
- *
- * @return              The new array, NULL on error. The call will fail either
- *                      due to a lack of memory, or because the pointer has more
- *                      than one parent (see talloc_reference()).
- */
-void *talloc_realloc(const void *ctx, void *ptr, #type, size_t count);
-#else
-#define talloc_realloc(ctx, p, type, count) (type *)_talloc_realloc_array(ctx, p, sizeof(type), count, #type)
-void *_talloc_realloc_array(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t el_size, unsigned count, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/**
- * @brief Untyped realloc to change the size of a talloc array.
- *
- * The macro is useful when the type is not known so the typesafe
- * talloc_realloc() cannot be used.
- *
- * @param[in]  ctx      The parent context used if 'ptr' is NULL.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The chunk to be resized.
- *
- * @param[in]  size     The new chunk size.
- *
- * @return              The new array, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_realloc_size(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size);
-#else
-#define talloc_realloc_size(ctx, ptr, size) _talloc_realloc(ctx, ptr, size, __location__)
-void *_talloc_realloc(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size, const char *name);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @brief Provide a function version of talloc_realloc_size.
- *
- * This is a non-macro version of talloc_realloc(), which is useful as
- * libraries sometimes want a ralloc function pointer. A realloc()
- * implementation encapsulates the functionality of malloc(), free() and
- * realloc() in one call, which is why it is useful to be able to pass around
- * a single function pointer.
- *
- * @param[in]  context  The parent context used if ptr is NULL.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The chunk to be resized.
- *
- * @param[in]  size     The new chunk size.
- *
- * @return              The new chunk, NULL on error.
- */
-void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size);
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * @defgroup talloc_string The talloc string functions.
- * @ingroup talloc
- *
- * talloc string allocation and manipulation functions.
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Duplicate a string into a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This function is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      ptr = talloc_size(ctx, strlen(p)+1);
- *      if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, strlen(p)+1);
- * @endcode
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
- * string. This is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  t        The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  p        The string you want to duplicate.
- *
- * @return              The duplicated string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_strdup(const void *t, const char *p);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append a string to given string.
- *
- * The destination string is reallocated to take
- * <code>strlen(s) + strlen(a) + 1</code> characters.
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
- * string. This is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * If <code>s == NULL</code> then new context is created.
- *
- * @param[in]  s        The destination to append to.
- *
- * @param[in]  a        The string you want to append.
- *
- * @return              The concatenated strings, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_strdup()
- * @see talloc_strdup_append_buffer()
- */
-char *talloc_strdup_append(char *s, const char *a);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append a string to a given buffer.
- *
- * This is a more efficient version of talloc_strdup_append(). It determines the
- * length of the destination string by the size of the talloc context.
- *
- * Use this very carefully as it produces a different result than
- * talloc_strdup_append() when a zero character is in the middle of the
- * destination string.
- *
- * @code
- *      char *str_a = talloc_strdup(NULL, "hello world");
- *      char *str_b = talloc_strdup(NULL, "hello world");
- *      str_a[5] = str_b[5] = '\0'
- *
- *      char *app = talloc_strdup_append(str_a, ", hello");
- *      char *buf = talloc_strdup_append_buffer(str_b, ", hello");
- *
- *      printf("%s\n", app); // hello, hello (app = "hello, hello")
- *      printf("%s\n", buf); // hello (buf = "hello\0world, hello")
- * @endcode
- *
- * If <code>s == NULL</code> then new context is created.
- *
- * @param[in]  s        The destination buffer to append to.
- *
- * @param[in]  a        The string you want to append.
- *
- * @return              The concatenated strings, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_strdup()
- * @see talloc_strdup_append()
- * @see talloc_array_length()
- */
-char *talloc_strdup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a);
-
-/**
- * @brief Duplicate a length-limited string into a talloc chunk.
- *
- * This function is the talloc equivalent of the C library function strndup(3).
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed string. This is
- * equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  t        The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  p        The string you want to duplicate.
- *
- * @param[in]  n        The maximum string length to duplicate.
- *
- * @return              The duplicated string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_strndup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t n);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append at most n characters of a string to given string.
- *
- * The destination string is reallocated to take
- * <code>strlen(s) + strnlen(a, n) + 1</code> characters.
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
- * string. This is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * If <code>s == NULL</code> then new context is created.
- *
- * @param[in]  s        The destination string to append to.
- *
- * @param[in]  a        The source string you want to append.
- *
- * @param[in]  n        The number of characters you want to append from the
- *                      string.
- *
- * @return              The concatenated strings, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_strndup()
- * @see talloc_strndup_append_buffer()
- */
-char *talloc_strndup_append(char *s, const char *a, size_t n);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append at most n characters of a string to given buffer
- *
- * This is a more efficient version of talloc_strndup_append(). It determines
- * the length of the destination string by the size of the talloc context.
- *
- * Use this very carefully as it produces a different result than
- * talloc_strndup_append() when a zero character is in the middle of the
- * destination string.
- *
- * @code
- *      char *str_a = talloc_strdup(NULL, "hello world");
- *      char *str_b = talloc_strdup(NULL, "hello world");
- *      str_a[5] = str_b[5] = '\0'
- *
- *      char *app = talloc_strndup_append(str_a, ", hello", 7);
- *      char *buf = talloc_strndup_append_buffer(str_b, ", hello", 7);
- *
- *      printf("%s\n", app); // hello, hello (app = "hello, hello")
- *      printf("%s\n", buf); // hello (buf = "hello\0world, hello")
- * @endcode
- *
- * If <code>s == NULL</code> then new context is created.
- *
- * @param[in]  s        The destination buffer to append to.
- *
- * @param[in]  a        The source string you want to append.
- *
- * @param[in]  n        The number of characters you want to append from the
- *                      string.
- *
- * @return              The concatenated strings, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_strndup()
- * @see talloc_strndup_append()
- * @see talloc_array_length()
- */
-char *talloc_strndup_append_buffer(char *s, const char *a, size_t n);
-
-/**
- * @brief Format a string given a va_list.
- *
- * This function is the talloc equivalent of the C library function
- * vasprintf(3).
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new string. This is
- * equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  t        The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  fmt      The format string.
- *
- * @param[in]  ap       The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return              The formatted string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
-
-/**
- * @brief Format a string given a va_list and append it to the given destination
- *        string.
- *
- * @param[in]  s        The destination string to append to.
- *
- * @param[in]  fmt      The format string.
- *
- * @param[in]  ap       The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return              The formatted string, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_vasprintf()
- */
-char *talloc_vasprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
-
-/**
- * @brief Format a string given a va_list and append it to the given destination
- *        buffer.
- *
- * @param[in]  s        The destination buffer to append to.
- *
- * @param[in]  fmt      The format string.
- *
- * @param[in]  ap       The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return              The formatted string, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_vasprintf()
- */
-char *talloc_vasprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,0);
-
-/**
- * @brief Format a string.
- *
- * This function is the talloc equivalent of the C library function asprintf(3).
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new string. This is
- * equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  t        The talloc context to hang the result off.
- *
- * @param[in]  fmt      The format string.
- *
- * @param[in]  ...      The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return              The formatted string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_asprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append a formatted string to another string.
- *
- * This function appends the given formatted string to the given string. Use
- * this variant when the string in the current talloc buffer may have been
- * truncated in length.
- *
- * This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
- * string. This is equivalent to:
- *
- * @code
- *      talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
- * @endcode
- *
- * If <code>s == NULL</code> then new context is created.
- *
- * @param[in]  s        The string to append to.
- *
- * @param[in]  fmt      The format string.
- *
- * @param[in]  ...      The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return              The formatted string, NULL on error.
- */
-char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
-
-/**
- * @brief Append a formatted string to another string.
- *
- * This is a more efficient version of talloc_asprintf_append(). It determines
- * the length of the destination string by the size of the talloc context.
- *
- * Use this very carefully as it produces a different result than
- * talloc_asprintf_append() when a zero character is in the middle of the
- * destination string.
- *
- * @code
- *      char *str_a = talloc_strdup(NULL, "hello world");
- *      char *str_b = talloc_strdup(NULL, "hello world");
- *      str_a[5] = str_b[5] = '\0'
- *
- *      char *app = talloc_asprintf_append(str_a, "%s", ", hello");
- *      char *buf = talloc_strdup_append_buffer(str_b, "%s", ", hello");
- *
- *      printf("%s\n", app); // hello, hello (app = "hello, hello")
- *      printf("%s\n", buf); // hello (buf = "hello\0world, hello")
- * @endcode
- *
- * If <code>s == NULL</code> then new context is created.
- *
- * @param[in]  s        The string to append to
- *
- * @param[in]  fmt      The format string.
- *
- * @param[in]  ...      The parameters used to fill fmt.
- *
- * @return              The formatted string, NULL on error.
- *
- * @see talloc_asprintf()
- * @see talloc_asprintf_append()
- */
-char *talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(2,3);
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * @defgroup talloc_debug The talloc debugging support functions
- * @ingroup talloc
- *
- * To aid memory debugging, talloc contains routines to inspect the currently
- * allocated memory hierarchy.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Walk a complete talloc hierarchy.
- *
- * This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
- * will recursively call the callback for the entire tree of memory
- * referenced by the pointer. References in the tree are passed with
- * is_ref = 1 and the pointer that is referenced.
- *
- * You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
- * printed for the top level memory context, but only if
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
- * has been called.
- *
- * The recursion is stopped when depth >= max_depth.
- * max_depth = -1 means only stop at leaf nodes.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in]  depth    Internal parameter to control recursion. Call with 0.
- *
- * @param[in]  max_depth  Maximum recursion level.
- *
- * @param[in]  callback  Function to be called on every chunk.
- *
- * @param[in]  private_data  Private pointer passed to callback.
- */
-void talloc_report_depth_cb(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth,
-			    void (*callback)(const void *ptr,
-					     int depth, int max_depth,
-					     int is_ref,
-					     void *private_data),
-			    void *private_data);
-
-/**
- * @brief Print a talloc hierarchy.
- *
- * This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
- * will let you specify the depth and max_depth.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in]  depth    Internal parameter to control recursion. Call with 0.
- *
- * @param[in]  max_depth  Maximum recursion level.
- *
- * @param[in]  f        The file handle to print to.
- */
-void talloc_report_depth_file(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, FILE *f);
-
-/**
- * @brief Print a summary report of all memory used by ptr.
- *
- * This provides a more detailed report than talloc_report(). It will
- * recursively print the entire tree of memory referenced by the
- * pointer. References in the tree are shown by giving the name of the
- * pointer that is referenced.
- *
- * You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed
- * for the top level memory context, but only if
- * talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
- * been called.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in]  f        The file handle to print to.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *      unsigned int *a, *b;
- *      a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      b = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- *      fprintf(stderr, "Dumping memory tree for a:\n");
- *      talloc_report_full(a, stderr);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_report()
- */
-void talloc_report_full(const void *ptr, FILE *f);
-
-/**
- * @brief Print a summary report of all memory used by ptr.
- *
- * This function prints a summary report of all memory used by ptr. One line of
- * report is printed for each immediate child of ptr, showing the total memory
- * and number of blocks used by that child.
- *
- * You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed
- * for the top level memory context, but only if talloc_enable_leak_report()
- * or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has been called.
- *
- * @param[in]  ptr      The talloc chunk.
- *
- * @param[in]  f        The file handle to print to.
- *
- * Example:
- * @code
- *      unsigned int *a, *b;
- *      a = talloc(NULL, unsigned int);
- *      b = talloc(a, unsigned int);
- *      fprintf(stderr, "Summary of memory tree for a:\n");
- *      talloc_report(a, stderr);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @see talloc_report_full()
- */
-void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f);
-
-/**
- * @brief Enable tracking the use of NULL memory contexts.
- *
- * This enables tracking of the NULL memory context without enabling leak
- * reporting on exit. Useful for when you want to do your own leak
- * reporting call via talloc_report_null_full();
- */
-void talloc_enable_null_tracking(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Enable tracking the use of NULL memory contexts.
- *
- * This enables tracking of the NULL memory context without enabling leak
- * reporting on exit. Useful for when you want to do your own leak
- * reporting call via talloc_report_null_full();
- */
-void talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Disable tracking of the NULL memory context.
- *
- * This disables tracking of the NULL memory context.
- */
-void talloc_disable_null_tracking(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Enable leak report when a program exits.
- *
- * This enables calling of talloc_report(NULL, stderr) when the program
- * exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the --leak-report command
- * line option.
- *
- * For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other
- * talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the
- * top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing
- * NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the
- * full tree printout.
- *
- * Here is a typical talloc report:
- *
- * @code
- * talloc report on 'null_context' (total 267 bytes in 15 blocks)
- *      libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55  contains     31 bytes in   2 blocks
- *      libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55  contains     31 bytes in   2 blocks
- *      iconv(UTF8,CP850)              contains     42 bytes in   2 blocks
- *      libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55  contains     31 bytes in   2 blocks
- *      iconv(CP850,UTF8)              contains     42 bytes in   2 blocks
- *      iconv(UTF8,UTF-16LE)           contains     45 bytes in   2 blocks
- *      iconv(UTF-16LE,UTF8)           contains     45 bytes in   2 blocks
- * @endcode
- */
-void talloc_enable_leak_report(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Enable full leak report when a program exits.
- *
- * This enables calling of talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr) when the
- * program exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the
- * --leak-report-full command line option.
- *
- * For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other
- * talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the
- * top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing
- * NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the
- * full tree printout.
- *
- * Here is a typical full report:
- *
- * @code
- * full talloc report on 'root' (total 18 bytes in 8 blocks)
- *      p1                             contains     18 bytes in   7 blocks (ref 0)
- *      r1                             contains     13 bytes in   2 blocks (ref 0)
- *      reference to: p2
- *      p2                             contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 1)
- *      x3                             contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 0)
- *      x2                             contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 0)
- *      x1                             contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 0)
- * @endcode
- */
-void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Set a custom "abort" function that is called on serious error.
- *
- * The default "abort" function is <code>abort()</code>.
- *
- * The "abort" function is called when:
- *
- * <ul>
- *  <li>talloc_get_type_abort() fails</li>
- *  <li>the provided pointer is not a valid talloc context</li>
- *  <li>when the context meta data are invalid</li>
- *  <li>when access after free is detected</li>
- * </ul>
- *
- * Example:
- *
- * @code
- * void my_abort(const char *reason)
- * {
- *      fprintf(stderr, "talloc abort: %s\n", reason);
- *      abort();
- * }
- *
- *      talloc_set_abort_fn(my_abort);
- * @endcode
- *
- * @param[in]  abort_fn      The new "abort" function.
- *
- * @see talloc_set_log_fn()
- * @see talloc_get_type()
- */
-void talloc_set_abort_fn(void (*abort_fn)(const char *reason));
-
-/**
- * @brief Set a logging function.
- *
- * @param[in]  log_fn      The logging function.
- *
- * @see talloc_set_log_stderr()
- * @see talloc_set_abort_fn()
- */
-void talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message));
-
-/**
- * @brief Set stderr as the output for logs.
- *
- * @see talloc_set_log_fn()
- * @see talloc_set_abort_fn()
- */
-void talloc_set_log_stderr(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Set a max memory limit for the current context hierarchy
- *	  This affects all children of this context and constrain any
- *	  allocation in the hierarchy to never exceed the limit set.
- *	  The limit can be removed by setting 0 (unlimited) as the
- *	  max_size by calling the funciton again on the sam context.
- *	  Memory limits can also be nested, meaning a hild can have
- *	  a stricter memory limit than a parent.
- *	  Memory limits are enforced only at memory allocation time.
- *	  Stealing a context into a 'limited' hierarchy properly
- *	  updates memory usage but does *not* cause failure if the
- *	  move causes the new parent to exceed its limits. However
- *	  any further allocation on that hierarchy will then fail.
- *
- * @param[in]	ctx		The talloc context to set the limit on
- * @param[in]	max_size	The (new) max_size
- */
-int talloc_set_memlimit(const void *ctx, size_t max_size);
-
-/* @} ******************************************************************/
-
-#if TALLOC_DEPRECATED
-#define talloc_zero_p(ctx, type) talloc_zero(ctx, type)
-#define talloc_p(ctx, type) talloc(ctx, type)
-#define talloc_array_p(ctx, type, count) talloc_array(ctx, type, count)
-#define talloc_realloc_p(ctx, p, type, count) talloc_realloc(ctx, p, type, count)
-#define talloc_destroy(ctx) talloc_free(ctx)
-#define talloc_append_string(c, s, a) (s?talloc_strdup_append(s,a):talloc_strdup(c, a))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TALLOC_MAX_DEPTH
-#define TALLOC_MAX_DEPTH 10000
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* end of extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.i b/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.i
deleted file mode 100644
index a9afb97ed76..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.i
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/* 
-   Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-   Copyright (C) Jelmer Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org> 2007
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-/* Don't expose talloc contexts in Python code. Python does reference 
-   counting for us, so just create a new top-level talloc context.
- */
-%typemap(in, numinputs=0, noblock=1) TALLOC_CTX * {
-    $1 = NULL;
-}
-
-%define %talloctype(TYPE)
-%nodefaultctor TYPE;
-%extend TYPE {
-    ~TYPE() { talloc_free($self); }
-}
-%enddef
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.pc.in b/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.pc.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 437281a69ab..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc.pc.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-prefix=@prefix@
-exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-libdir=@libdir@
-includedir=@includedir@
-
-Name: talloc 
-Description: A hierarchical pool based memory system with destructors
-Version: @TALLOC_VERSION@
-Libs: @LIB_RPATH@ -L${libdir} -ltalloc
-Cflags: -I${includedir} 
-URL: http://talloc.samba.org/
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc_guide.txt b/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc_guide.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 16afc9b6b8a..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc_guide.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,767 +0,0 @@
-Using talloc in Samba4
-======================
-
-.. contents::
-
-Andrew Tridgell
-August 2009
-
-The most current version of this document is available at
-   http://samba.org/ftp/unpacked/talloc/talloc_guide.txt
-
-If you are used to the "old" talloc from Samba3 before 3.0.20 then please read
-this carefully, as talloc has changed a lot. With 3.0.20 (or 3.0.14?) the
-Samba4 talloc has been ported back to Samba3, so this guide applies to both.
-
-The new talloc is a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system
-with destructors. Quite a mouthful really, but not too bad once you
-get used to it.
-
-Perhaps the biggest change from Samba3 is that there is no distinction
-between a "talloc context" and a "talloc pointer". Any pointer
-returned from talloc() is itself a valid talloc context. This means
-you can do this::
-
-  struct foo *X = talloc(mem_ctx, struct foo);
-  X->name = talloc_strdup(X, "foo");
-
-and the pointer X->name would be a "child" of the talloc context "X"
-which is itself a child of "mem_ctx". So if you do talloc_free(mem_ctx)
-then it is all destroyed, whereas if you do talloc_free(X) then just X
-and X->name are destroyed, and if you do talloc_free(X->name) then
-just the name element of X is destroyed.
-
-If you think about this, then what this effectively gives you is an
-n-ary tree, where you can free any part of the tree with
-talloc_free().
-
-If you find this confusing, then I suggest you run the testsuite to
-watch talloc in action. You may also like to add your own tests to
-testsuite.c to clarify how some particular situation is handled.
-
-
-Performance
------------
-
-All the additional features of talloc() over malloc() do come at a
-price. We have a simple performance test in Samba4 that measures
-talloc() versus malloc() performance, and it seems that talloc() is
-about 4% slower than malloc() on my x86 Debian Linux box. For Samba,
-the great reduction in code complexity that we get by using talloc
-makes this worthwhile, especially as the total overhead of
-talloc/malloc in Samba is already quite small.
-
-
-talloc API
-----------
-
-The following is a complete guide to the talloc API. Read it all at
-least twice.
-
-Multi-threading
----------------
-
-talloc itself does not deal with threads. It is thread-safe (assuming  
-the underlying "malloc" is), as long as each thread uses different  
-memory contexts.
-If two threads use the same context then they need to synchronize in
-order to be safe. In particular:
-- when using talloc_enable_leak_report(), giving directly NULL as a  
-parent context implicitly refers to a hidden "null context" global  
-variable, so this should not be used in a multi-threaded environment  
-without proper synchronization ;
-- the context returned by talloc_autofree_context() is also global so  
-shouldn't be used by several threads simultaneously without  
-synchronization.
-
-talloc and shared objects
--------------------------
-
-talloc can be used in shared objects. Special care needs to be taken
-to never use talloc_autofree_context() in code that might be loaded
-with dlopen() and unloaded with dlclose(), as talloc_autofree_context()
-internally uses atexit(3). Some platforms like modern Linux handles
-this fine, but for example FreeBSD does not deal well with dlopen()
-and atexit() used simultaneously: dlclose() does not clean up the list
-of atexit-handlers, so when the program exits the code that was
-registered from within talloc_autofree_context() is gone, the program
-crashes at exit.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc(const void *context, type);
-
-The talloc() macro is the core of the talloc library. It takes a
-memory context and a type, and returns a pointer to a new area of
-memory of the given type.
-
-The returned pointer is itself a talloc context, so you can use it as
-the context argument to more calls to talloc if you wish.
-
-The returned pointer is a "child" of the supplied context. This means
-that if you talloc_free() the context then the new child disappears as
-well. Alternatively you can free just the child.
-
-The context argument to talloc() can be NULL, in which case a new top
-level context is created. 
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_size(const void *context, size_t size);
-
-The function talloc_size() should be used when you don't have a
-convenient type to pass to talloc(). Unlike talloc(), it is not type
-safe (as it returns a void *), so you are on your own for type checking.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(typeof(ptr)) talloc_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr);
-
-The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer and
-want to allocate memory to point at with this pointer. When compiling
-with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_size()
-and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file.
-and not the type.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-int talloc_free(void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_free() function frees a piece of talloc memory, and all its
-children. You can call talloc_free() on any pointer returned by
-talloc().
-
-The return value of talloc_free() indicates success or failure, with 0
-returned for success and -1 for failure. A possible failure condition
-is if the pointer had a destructor attached to it and the destructor
-returned -1. See talloc_set_destructor() for details on
-destructors. Likewise, if "ptr" is NULL, then the function will make
-no modifications and returns -1.
-
-From version 2.0 and onwards, as a special case, talloc_free() is
-refused on pointers that have more than one parent associated, as talloc
-would have no way of knowing which parent should be removed. This is
-different from older versions in the sense that always the reference to
-the most recently established parent has been destroyed. Hence to free a
-pointer that has more than one parent please use talloc_unlink().
-
-To help you find problems in your code caused by this behaviour, if
-you do try and free a pointer with more than one parent then the
-talloc logging function will be called to give output like this:
-
-  ERROR: talloc_free with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
-  	reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
-  	reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
-
-Please see the documentation for talloc_set_log_fn() and
-talloc_set_log_stderr() for more information on talloc logging
-functions.
-
-talloc_free() operates recursively on its children.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_free_children(void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_free_children() walks along the list of all children of a
-talloc context and talloc_free()s only the children, not the context
-itself.
-
-A NULL argument is handled as no-op.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_reference(const void *context, const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_reference() function makes "context" an additional parent
-of "ptr".
-
-The return value of talloc_reference() is always the original pointer
-"ptr", unless talloc ran out of memory in creating the reference in
-which case it will return NULL (each additional reference consumes
-around 48 bytes of memory on intel x86 platforms).
-
-If "ptr" is NULL, then the function is a no-op, and simply returns NULL.
-
-After creating a reference you can free it in one of the following
-ways:
-
-  - you can talloc_free() any parent of the original pointer. That
-    will reduce the number of parents of this pointer by 1, and will
-    cause this pointer to be freed if it runs out of parents.
-
-  - you can talloc_free() the pointer itself if it has at maximum one
-    parent. This behaviour has been changed since the release of version
-    2.0. Further informations in the description of "talloc_free".
-
-For more control on which parent to remove, see talloc_unlink()
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-int talloc_unlink(const void *context, const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_unlink() function removes a specific parent from ptr. The
-context passed must either be a context used in talloc_reference()
-with this pointer, or must be a direct parent of ptr. 
-
-Note that if the parent has already been removed using talloc_free()
-then this function will fail and will return -1.  Likewise, if "ptr"
-is NULL, then the function will make no modifications and return -1.
-
-You can just use talloc_free() instead of talloc_unlink() if there
-is at maximum one parent. This behaviour has been changed since the
-release of version 2.0. Further informations in the description of
-"talloc_free".
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_destructor(const void *ptr, int (*destructor)(void *));
-
-The function talloc_set_destructor() sets the "destructor" for the
-pointer "ptr". A destructor is a function that is called when the
-memory used by a pointer is about to be released. The destructor
-receives the pointer as an argument, and should return 0 for success
-and -1 for failure.
-
-The destructor can do anything it wants to, including freeing other
-pieces of memory. A common use for destructors is to clean up
-operating system resources (such as open file descriptors) contained
-in the structure the destructor is placed on.
-
-You can only place one destructor on a pointer. If you need more than
-one destructor then you can create a zero-length child of the pointer
-and place an additional destructor on that.
-
-To remove a destructor call talloc_set_destructor() with NULL for the
-destructor.
-
-If your destructor attempts to talloc_free() the pointer that it is
-the destructor for then talloc_free() will return -1 and the free will
-be ignored. This would be a pointless operation anyway, as the
-destructor is only called when the memory is just about to go away.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-int talloc_increase_ref_count(const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_increase_ref_count(ptr) function is exactly equivalent to:
-
-  talloc_reference(NULL, ptr);
-
-You can use either syntax, depending on which you think is clearer in
-your code.
-
-It returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-size_t talloc_reference_count(const void *ptr);
-
-Return the number of references to the pointer.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_name(const void *ptr, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-Each talloc pointer has a "name". The name is used principally for
-debugging purposes, although it is also possible to set and get the
-name on a pointer in as a way of "marking" pointers in your code.
-
-The main use for names on pointer is for "talloc reports". See
-talloc_report() and talloc_report_full() for details. Also see
-talloc_enable_leak_report() and talloc_enable_leak_report_full().
-
-The talloc_set_name() function allocates memory as a child of the
-pointer. It is logically equivalent to:
-  talloc_set_name_const(ptr, talloc_asprintf(ptr, fmt, ...));
-
-Note that multiple calls to talloc_set_name() will allocate more
-memory without releasing the name. All of the memory is released when
-the ptr is freed using talloc_free().
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_name_const(const void *ptr, const char *name);
-
-The function talloc_set_name_const() is just like talloc_set_name(),
-but it takes a string constant, and is much faster. It is extensively
-used by the "auto naming" macros, such as talloc_p().
-
-This function does not allocate any memory. It just copies the
-supplied pointer into the internal representation of the talloc
-ptr. This means you must not pass a name pointer to memory that will
-disappear before the ptr is freed with talloc_free().
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_named(const void *context, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-The talloc_named() function creates a named talloc pointer. It is
-equivalent to:
-
-   ptr = talloc_size(context, size);
-   talloc_set_name(ptr, fmt, ....);
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_named_const(const void *context, size_t size, const char *name);
-
-This is equivalent to::
-
-   ptr = talloc_size(context, size);
-   talloc_set_name_const(ptr, name);
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-const char *talloc_get_name(const void *ptr);
-
-This returns the current name for the given talloc pointer. See
-talloc_set_name() for details.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_init(const char *fmt, ...);
-
-This function creates a zero length named talloc context as a top
-level context. It is equivalent to::
-
-  talloc_named(NULL, 0, fmt, ...);
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_new(void *ctx);
-
-This is a utility macro that creates a new memory context hanging
-off an exiting context, automatically naming it "talloc_new: __location__"
-where __location__ is the source line it is called from. It is
-particularly useful for creating a new temporary working context.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc_realloc(const void *context, void *ptr, type, count);
-
-The talloc_realloc() macro changes the size of a talloc
-pointer. The "count" argument is the number of elements of type "type"
-that you want the resulting pointer to hold. 
-
-talloc_realloc() has the following equivalences::
-
-  talloc_realloc(context, NULL, type, 1) ==> talloc(context, type);
-  talloc_realloc(context, NULL, type, N) ==> talloc_array(context, type, N);
-  talloc_realloc(context, ptr, type, 0)  ==> talloc_free(ptr);
-
-The "context" argument is only used if "ptr" is NULL, otherwise it is
-ignored.
-
-talloc_realloc() returns the new pointer, or NULL on failure. The call
-will fail either due to a lack of memory, or because the pointer has
-more than one parent (see talloc_reference()).
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_realloc_size(const void *context, void *ptr, size_t size);
-
-the talloc_realloc_size() function is useful when the type is not 
-known so the typesafe talloc_realloc() cannot be used.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_steal(const void *new_ctx, const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_steal() function changes the parent context of a talloc
-pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is
-currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the
-memory for a longer time. 
-
-The talloc_steal() function returns the pointer that you pass it. It
-does not have any failure modes.
-
-NOTE: It is possible to produce loops in the parent/child relationship
-if you are not careful with talloc_steal(). No guarantees are provided
-as to your sanity or the safety of your data if you do this.
-
-talloc_steal (new_ctx, NULL) will return NULL with no sideeffects.
-
-Note that if you try and call talloc_steal() on a pointer that has
-more than one parent then the result is ambiguous. Talloc will choose
-to remove the parent that is currently indicated by talloc_parent()
-and replace it with the chosen parent. You will also get a message
-like this via the talloc logging functions:
-
-  WARNING: talloc_steal with references at some_dir/source/foo.c:123
-  	reference at some_dir/source/other.c:325
-  	reference at some_dir/source/third.c:121
-
-To unambiguously change the parent of a pointer please see the
-function talloc_reparent(). See the talloc_set_log_fn() documentation
-for more information on talloc logging.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_reparent(const void *old_parent, const void *new_parent, const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_reparent() function changes the parent context of a talloc
-pointer. It is typically used when the context that the pointer is
-currently a child of is going to be freed and you wish to keep the
-memory for a longer time.
-
-The talloc_reparent() function returns the pointer that you pass it. It
-does not have any failure modes.
-
-The difference between talloc_reparent() and talloc_steal() is that
-talloc_reparent() can specify which parent you wish to change. This is
-useful when a pointer has multiple parents via references.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_parent(const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_parent() function returns the current talloc parent. This
-is usually the pointer under which this memory was originally created,
-but it may have changed due to a talloc_steal() or talloc_reparent()
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-size_t talloc_total_size(const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_total_size() function returns the total size in bytes used
-by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful for debugging.
-
-Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
-been called.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-size_t talloc_total_blocks(const void *ptr);
-
-The talloc_total_blocks() function returns the total memory block
-count used by this pointer and all child pointers. Mostly useful for
-debugging.
-
-Passing NULL is allowed, but it will only give a meaningful result if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
-been called.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_report_depth_cb(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth,
-			    void (*callback)(const void *ptr,
-			    		     int depth, int max_depth,
-					     int is_ref,
-					     void *priv),
-			    void *priv);
-
-This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
-will recursively call the callback for the entire tree of memory
-referenced by the pointer. References in the tree are passed with
-is_ref = 1 and the pointer that is referenced.
-
-You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is
-printed for the top level memory context, but only if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full()
-has been called.
-
-The recursion is stopped when depth >= max_depth.
-max_depth = -1 means only stop at leaf nodes.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_report_depth_file(const void *ptr, int depth, int max_depth, FILE *f);
-
-This provides a more flexible reports than talloc_report(). It
-will let you specify the depth and max_depth.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_report(const void *ptr, FILE *f);
-
-The talloc_report() function prints a summary report of all memory
-used by ptr. One line of report is printed for each immediate child of
-ptr, showing the total memory and number of blocks used by that child.
-
-You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed
-for the top level memory context, but only if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
-been called.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_report_full(const void *ptr, FILE *f);
-
-This provides a more detailed report than talloc_report(). It will
-recursively print the entire tree of memory referenced by the
-pointer. References in the tree are shown by giving the name of the
-pointer that is referenced.
-
-You can pass NULL for the pointer, in which case a report is printed
-for the top level memory context, but only if
-talloc_enable_leak_report() or talloc_enable_leak_report_full() has
-been called.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_enable_leak_report(void);
-
-This enables calling of talloc_report(NULL, stderr) when the program
-exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the --leak-report command
-line option.
-
-For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other
-talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the
-top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing
-NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the
-full tree printout.
-
-Here is a typical talloc report:
-
-talloc report on 'null_context' (total 267 bytes in 15 blocks)
-        libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55  contains     31 bytes in   2 blocks
-        libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55  contains     31 bytes in   2 blocks
-        iconv(UTF8,CP850)              contains     42 bytes in   2 blocks
-        libcli/auth/spnego_parse.c:55  contains     31 bytes in   2 blocks
-        iconv(CP850,UTF8)              contains     42 bytes in   2 blocks
-        iconv(UTF8,UTF-16LE)           contains     45 bytes in   2 blocks
-        iconv(UTF-16LE,UTF8)           contains     45 bytes in   2 blocks
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_enable_leak_report_full(void);
-
-This enables calling of talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr) when the
-program exits. In Samba4 this is enabled by using the
---leak-report-full command line option.
-
-For it to be useful, this function must be called before any other
-talloc function as it establishes a "null context" that acts as the
-top of the tree. If you don't call this function first then passing
-NULL to talloc_report() or talloc_report_full() won't give you the
-full tree printout.
-
-Here is a typical full report:
-
-full talloc report on 'root' (total 18 bytes in 8 blocks)
-    p1                             contains     18 bytes in   7 blocks (ref 0)
-        r1                             contains     13 bytes in   2 blocks (ref 0)
-            reference to: p2
-        p2                             contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 1)
-        x3                             contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 0)
-        x2                             contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 0)
-        x1                             contains      1 bytes in   1 blocks (ref 0)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_enable_null_tracking(void);
-
-This enables tracking of the NULL memory context without enabling leak
-reporting on exit. Useful for when you want to do your own leak
-reporting call via talloc_report_null_full();
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_disable_null_tracking(void);
-
-This disables tracking of the NULL memory context.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc_zero(const void *ctx, type);
-
-The talloc_zero() macro is equivalent to::
-
-  ptr = talloc(ctx, type);
-  if (ptr) memset(ptr, 0, sizeof(type));
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_zero_size(const void *ctx, size_t size)
-
-The talloc_zero_size() function is useful when you don't have a known type
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_memdup(const void *ctx, const void *p, size_t size);
-
-The talloc_memdup() function is equivalent to::
-
-  ptr = talloc_size(ctx, size);
-  if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, size);
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_strdup(const void *ctx, const char *p);
-
-The talloc_strdup() function is equivalent to::
-
-  ptr = talloc_size(ctx, strlen(p)+1);
-  if (ptr) memcpy(ptr, p, strlen(p)+1);
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
-   talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_strndup(const void *t, const char *p, size_t n);
-
-The talloc_strndup() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
-library function strndup()
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the passed
-string. This is equivalent to:
-   talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_append_string(const void *t, char *orig, const char *append);
-
-The talloc_append_string() function appends the given formatted
-string to the given string.
-
-This function sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
-   talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_vasprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
-
-The talloc_vasprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
-library function vasprintf()
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
-   talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_asprintf(const void *t, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-The talloc_asprintf() function is the talloc equivalent of the C
-library function asprintf()
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
-   talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_asprintf_append(char *s, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-The talloc_asprintf_append() function appends the given formatted
-string to the given string.
-Use this variant when the string in the current talloc buffer may
-have been truncated in length.
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
-   talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-char *talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(char *s, const char *fmt, ...);
-
-The talloc_asprintf_append() function appends the given formatted 
-string to the end of the currently allocated talloc buffer.
-Use this variant when the string in the current talloc buffer has
-not been changed.
-
-This functions sets the name of the new pointer to the new
-string. This is equivalent to::
-
-   talloc_set_name_const(ptr, ptr)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-((type *)talloc_array(const void *ctx, type, unsigned int count);
-
-The talloc_array() macro is equivalent to::
-
-  (type *)talloc_size(ctx, sizeof(type) * count);
-
-except that it provides integer overflow protection for the multiply,
-returning NULL if the multiply overflows.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_array_size(const void *ctx, size_t size, unsigned int count);
-
-The talloc_array_size() function is useful when the type is not
-known. It operates in the same way as talloc_array(), but takes a size
-instead of a type.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(typeof(ptr)) talloc_array_ptrtype(const void *ctx, ptr, unsigned int count);
-
-The talloc_ptrtype() macro should be used when you have a pointer to an array
-and want to allocate memory of an array to point at with this pointer. When compiling
-with gcc >= 3 it is typesafe. Note this is a wrapper of talloc_array_size()
-and talloc_get_name() will return the current location in the source file.
-and not the type.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_realloc_fn(const void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t size);
-
-This is a non-macro version of talloc_realloc(), which is useful 
-as libraries sometimes want a ralloc function pointer. A realloc()
-implementation encapsulates the functionality of malloc(), free() and
-realloc() in one call, which is why it is useful to be able to pass
-around a single function pointer.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_autofree_context(void);
-
-This is a handy utility function that returns a talloc context
-which will be automatically freed on program exit. This can be used
-to reduce the noise in memory leak reports.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_check_name(const void *ptr, const char *name);
-
-This function checks if a pointer has the specified name. If it does
-then the pointer is returned. It it doesn't then NULL is returned.
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc_get_type(const void *ptr, type);
-
-This macro allows you to do type checking on talloc pointers. It is
-particularly useful for void* private pointers. It is equivalent to
-this::
-
-   (type *)talloc_check_name(ptr, #type)
-
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-talloc_set_type(const void *ptr, type);
-
-This macro allows you to force the name of a pointer to be of a
-particular type. This can be used in conjunction with
-talloc_get_type() to do type checking on void* pointers.
-
-It is equivalent to this::
-
-   talloc_set_name_const(ptr, #type)
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-talloc_get_size(const void *ctx);
-
-This function lets you know the amount of memory allocated so far by
-this context. It does NOT account for subcontext memory.
-This can be used to calculate the size of an array.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void *talloc_find_parent_byname(const void *ctx, const char *name);
-
-Find a parent memory context of the current context that has the given
-name. This can be very useful in complex programs where it may be
-difficult to pass all information down to the level you need, but you
-know the structure you want is a parent of another context.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-(type *)talloc_find_parent_bytype(ctx, type);
-
-Like talloc_find_parent_byname() but takes a type, making it typesafe.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_log_fn(void (*log_fn)(const char *message));
-
-This function sets a logging function that talloc will use for
-warnings and errors. By default talloc will not print any warnings or
-errors.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-void talloc_set_log_stderr(void)
-
-This sets the talloc log function to write log messages to stderr.
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc_testsuite.h b/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc_testsuite.h
deleted file mode 100644
index acb97010416..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/talloc_testsuite.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __LIB_TALLOC_TALLOC_TESTSUITE_H__
-#define __LIB_TALLOC_TALLOC_TESTSUITE_H__
-
-struct torture_context;
-bool torture_local_talloc(struct torture_context *tctx);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/testsuite.c b/ctdb/lib/talloc/testsuite.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d456cbb0c23..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/testsuite.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1602 +0,0 @@
-/* 
-   Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
-   local testing of talloc routines.
-
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
-   
-     ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc
-     ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
-     ** under the LGPL
-   
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "replace.h"
-#include "system/time.h"
-#include <talloc.h>
-
-#include "talloc_testsuite.h"
-
-static struct timeval timeval_current(void)
-{
-	struct timeval tv;
-	gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
-	return tv;
-}
-
-static double timeval_elapsed(struct timeval *tv)
-{
-	struct timeval tv2 = timeval_current();
-	return (tv2.tv_sec - tv->tv_sec) + 
-	       (tv2.tv_usec - tv->tv_usec)*1.0e-6;
-}
-
-#define torture_assert(test, expr, str) if (!(expr)) { \
-	printf("failure: %s [\n%s: Expression %s failed: %s\n]\n", \
-		test, __location__, #expr, str); \
-	return false; \
-}
-
-#define torture_assert_str_equal(test, arg1, arg2, desc) \
-	if (arg1 == NULL && arg2 == NULL) {				\
-	} else if (strcmp(arg1, arg2)) {			\
-		printf("failure: %s [\n%s: Expected %s, got %s: %s\n]\n", \
-		   test, __location__, arg1, arg2, desc); \
-		return false; \
-	}
-
-#define CHECK_SIZE(test, ptr, tsize) do { \
-	if (talloc_total_size(ptr) != (tsize)) { \
-		printf("failed: %s [\n%s: wrong '%s' tree size: got %u  expected %u\n]\n", \
-		       test, __location__, #ptr, \
-		       (unsigned)talloc_total_size(ptr), \
-		       (unsigned)tsize); \
-		talloc_report_full(ptr, stdout); \
-		return false; \
-	} \
-} while (0)
-
-#define CHECK_BLOCKS(test, ptr, tblocks) do { \
-	if (talloc_total_blocks(ptr) != (tblocks)) { \
-		printf("failed: %s [\n%s: wrong '%s' tree blocks: got %u  expected %u\n]\n", \
-		       test, __location__, #ptr, \
-		       (unsigned)talloc_total_blocks(ptr), \
-		       (unsigned)tblocks); \
-		talloc_report_full(ptr, stdout); \
-		return false; \
-	} \
-} while (0)
-
-#define CHECK_PARENT(test, ptr, parent) do { \
-	if (talloc_parent(ptr) != (parent)) { \
-		printf("failed: %s [\n%s: '%s' has wrong parent: got %p  expected %p\n]\n", \
-		       test, __location__, #ptr, \
-		       talloc_parent(ptr), \
-		       (parent)); \
-		talloc_report_full(ptr, stdout); \
-		talloc_report_full(parent, stdout); \
-		talloc_report_full(NULL, stdout); \
-		return false; \
-	} \
-} while (0)
-
-static unsigned int test_abort_count;
-
-#if 0
-static void test_abort_fn(const char *reason)
-{
-	printf("# test_abort_fn(%s)\n", reason);
-	test_abort_count++;
-}
-
-static void test_abort_start(void)
-{
-	test_abort_count = 0;
-	talloc_set_abort_fn(test_abort_fn);
-}
-#endif
-
-static void test_abort_stop(void)
-{
-	test_abort_count = 0;
-	talloc_set_abort_fn(NULL);
-}
-
-static void test_log_stdout(const char *message)
-{
-	fprintf(stdout, "%s", message);
-}
-
-/*
-  test references 
-*/
-static bool test_ref1(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
-	printf("test: ref1\n# SINGLE REFERENCE FREE\n");
-
-	root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
-	p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
-	p2 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "p2");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x1");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 2, "x2");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 3, "x3");
-
-	r1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "r1");	
-	ref = talloc_reference(r1, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", p1, 5);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", r1, 2);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p2\n");
-	talloc_unlink(r1, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", p1, 5);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", r1, 1);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
-	talloc_free(p1);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", r1, 1);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing r1\n");
-	talloc_free(r1);
-	talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Testing NULL\n");
-	if (talloc_reference(root, NULL)) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref1", root, 1);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("ref1", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-	printf("success: ref1\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
-  test references 
-*/
-static bool test_ref2(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
-	printf("test: ref2\n# DOUBLE REFERENCE FREE\n");
-	root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
-	p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x1");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x2");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x3");
-	p2 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "p2");
-
-	r1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "r1");	
-	ref = talloc_reference(r1, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p1, 5);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", r1, 2);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing ref\n");
-	talloc_unlink(r1, ref);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p1, 5);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", r1, 1);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p2\n");
-	talloc_free(p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", p1, 4);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", r1, 1);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
-	talloc_free(p1);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref2", r1, 1);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing r1\n");
-	talloc_free(r1);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("ref2", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-	printf("success: ref2\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
-  test references 
-*/
-static bool test_ref3(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
-	printf("test: ref3\n# PARENT REFERENCE FREE\n");
-
-	root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
-	p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
-	p2 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p2");
-	r1 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "r1");
-	ref = talloc_reference(p2, r1);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", p1, 2);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", p2, 2);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", r1, 1);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
-	talloc_free(p1);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", p2, 2);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref3", r1, 1);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p2\n");
-	talloc_free(p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("ref3", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: ref3\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
-  test references 
-*/
-static bool test_ref4(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
-	printf("test: ref4\n# REFERRER REFERENCE FREE\n");
-
-	root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
-	p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x1");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x2");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x3");
-	p2 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "p2");
-
-	r1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "r1");	
-	ref = talloc_reference(r1, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p1, 5);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", r1, 2);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing r1\n");
-	talloc_free(r1);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p1, 5);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p2, 1);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p2\n");
-	talloc_free(p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("ref4", p1, 4);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
-	talloc_free(p1);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("ref4", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: ref4\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-
-/*
-  test references 
-*/
-static bool test_unlink1(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1, *p2, *ref, *r1;
-
-	printf("test: unlink\n# UNLINK\n");
-
-	root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
-	p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "p1");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x1");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x2");
-	talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "x3");
-	p2 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "p2");
-
-	r1 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "r1");	
-	ref = talloc_reference(r1, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", p1, 7);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", r1, 2);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Unreferencing r1\n");
-	talloc_unlink(r1, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", p1, 6);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("unlink", r1, 1);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "Freeing p1\n");
-	talloc_free(p1);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("unlink", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: unlink\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-static int fail_destructor(void *ptr)
-{
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-  miscellaneous tests to try to get a higher test coverage percentage
-*/
-static bool test_misc(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1;
-	char *p2;
-	double *d;
-	const char *name;
-
-	printf("test: misc\n# MISCELLANEOUS\n");
-
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	p1 = talloc_size(root, 0x7fffffff);
-	torture_assert("misc", !p1, "failed: large talloc allowed\n");
-
-	p1 = talloc_strdup(root, "foo");
-	talloc_increase_ref_count(p1);
-	talloc_increase_ref_count(p1);
-	talloc_increase_ref_count(p1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
-	talloc_unlink(NULL, p1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
-	talloc_unlink(NULL, p1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
-	p2 = talloc_strdup(p1, "foo");
-	torture_assert("misc", talloc_unlink(root, p2) == -1,
-				   "failed: talloc_unlink() of non-reference context should return -1\n");
-	torture_assert("misc", talloc_unlink(p1, p2) == 0,
-		"failed: talloc_unlink() of parent should succeed\n");
-	talloc_unlink(NULL, p1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
-
-	name = talloc_set_name(p1, "my name is %s", "foo");
-	torture_assert_str_equal("misc", talloc_get_name(p1), "my name is foo",
-		"failed: wrong name after talloc_set_name(my name is foo)");
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 2);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 3);
-
-	talloc_set_name_const(p1, NULL);
-	torture_assert_str_equal ("misc", talloc_get_name(p1), "UNNAMED",
-		"failed: wrong name after talloc_set_name(NULL)");
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 2);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 3);
-
-	torture_assert("misc", talloc_free(NULL) == -1, 
-				   "talloc_free(NULL) should give -1\n");
-
-	talloc_set_destructor(p1, fail_destructor);
-	torture_assert("misc", talloc_free(p1) == -1, 
-		"Failed destructor should cause talloc_free to fail\n");
-	talloc_set_destructor(p1, NULL);
-
-	talloc_report(root, stderr);
-
-
-	p2 = (char *)talloc_zero_size(p1, 20);
-	torture_assert("misc", p2[19] == 0, "Failed to give zero memory\n");
-	talloc_free(p2);
-
-	torture_assert("misc", talloc_strdup(root, NULL) == NULL,
-		"failed: strdup on NULL should give NULL\n");
-
-	p2 = talloc_strndup(p1, "foo", 2);
-	torture_assert("misc", strcmp("fo", p2) == 0, 
-				   "strndup doesn't work\n");
-	p2 = talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(p2, "o%c", 'd');
-	torture_assert("misc", strcmp("food", p2) == 0, 
-				   "talloc_asprintf_append_buffer doesn't work\n");
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 3);
-
-	p2 = talloc_asprintf_append_buffer(NULL, "hello %s", "world");
-	torture_assert("misc", strcmp("hello world", p2) == 0,
-		"talloc_asprintf_append_buffer doesn't work\n");
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 3);
-	talloc_free(p2);
-
-	d = talloc_array(p1, double, 0x20000000);
-	torture_assert("misc", !d, "failed: integer overflow not detected\n");
-
-	d = talloc_realloc(p1, d, double, 0x20000000);
-	torture_assert("misc", !d, "failed: integer overflow not detected\n");
-
-	talloc_free(p1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 1);
-
-	p1 = talloc_named(root, 100, "%d bytes", 100);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 2);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 3);
-	talloc_unlink(root, p1);
-
-	p1 = talloc_init("%d bytes", 200);
-	p2 = talloc_asprintf(p1, "my test '%s'", "string");
-	torture_assert_str_equal("misc", p2, "my test 'string'",
-		"failed: talloc_asprintf(\"my test '%%s'\", \"string\") gave: \"%s\"");
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 3);
-	CHECK_SIZE("misc", p2, 17);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 1);
-	talloc_unlink(NULL, p1);
-
-	p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 10, "p1");
-	p2 = (char *)talloc_named_const(root, 20, "p2");
-	(void)talloc_reference(p1, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-	talloc_unlink(root, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 2);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 3);
-	talloc_unlink(p1, p2);
-	talloc_unlink(root, p1);
-
-	p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 10, "p1");
-	p2 = (char *)talloc_named_const(root, 20, "p2");
-	(void)talloc_reference(NULL, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-	talloc_unlink(root, p2);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stderr);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p2, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", p1, 1);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("misc", root, 2);
-	talloc_unlink(NULL, p2);
-	talloc_unlink(root, p1);
-
-	/* Test that talloc_unlink is a no-op */
-
-	torture_assert("misc", talloc_unlink(root, NULL) == -1,
-		"failed: talloc_unlink(root, NULL) == -1\n");
-
-	talloc_report(root, stderr);
-	talloc_report(NULL, stderr);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("misc", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("misc", NULL, 0);
-
-	talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree();
-	talloc_enable_leak_report();
-	talloc_enable_leak_report_full();
-
-	printf("success: misc\n");
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-
-/*
-  test realloc
-*/
-static bool test_realloc(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1, *p2;
-
-	printf("test: realloc\n# REALLOC\n");
-
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	p1 = talloc_size(root, 10);
-	CHECK_SIZE("realloc", p1, 10);
-
-	p1 = talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p1, 20);
-	CHECK_SIZE("realloc", p1, 20);
-
-	talloc_new(p1);
-
-	p2 = talloc_realloc_size(p1, NULL, 30);
-
-	talloc_new(p1);
-
-	p2 = talloc_realloc_size(p1, p2, 40);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("realloc", p2, 40);
-	CHECK_SIZE("realloc", root, 60);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", p1, 4);
-
-	p1 = talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p1, 20);
-	CHECK_SIZE("realloc", p1, 60);
-
-	talloc_increase_ref_count(p2);
-	torture_assert("realloc", talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p2, 5) == NULL,
-		"failed: talloc_realloc() on a referenced pointer should fail\n");
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", p1, 4);
-
-	talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p2, 0);
-	talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p2, 0);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", p1, 4);
-	talloc_realloc_size(p1, p2, 0);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", p1, 3);
-
-	torture_assert("realloc", talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p1, 0x7fffffff) == NULL,
-		"failed: oversize talloc should fail\n");
-
-	talloc_realloc_size(NULL, p1, 0);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", root, 4);
-	talloc_realloc_size(root, p1, 0);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc", root, 1);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("realloc", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: realloc\n");
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
-  test realloc with a child
-*/
-static bool test_realloc_child(void)
-{
-	void *root;
-	struct el2 {
-		const char *name;
-	} *el2;	
-	struct el1 {
-		int count;
-		struct el2 **list, **list2, **list3;
-	} *el1;
-
-	printf("test: REALLOC WITH CHILD\n");
-
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	el1 = talloc(root, struct el1);
-	el1->list = talloc(el1, struct el2 *);
-	el1->list[0] = talloc(el1->list, struct el2);
-	el1->list[0]->name = talloc_strdup(el1->list[0], "testing");
-
-	el1->list2 = talloc(el1, struct el2 *);
-	el1->list2[0] = talloc(el1->list2, struct el2);
-	el1->list2[0]->name = talloc_strdup(el1->list2[0], "testing2");
-
-	el1->list3 = talloc(el1, struct el2 *);
-	el1->list3[0] = talloc(el1->list3, struct el2);
-	el1->list3[0]->name = talloc_strdup(el1->list3[0], "testing2");
-	
-	el2 = talloc(el1->list, struct el2);
-	el2 = talloc(el1->list2, struct el2);
-	el2 = talloc(el1->list3, struct el2);
-
-	el1->list = talloc_realloc(el1, el1->list, struct el2 *, 100);
-	el1->list2 = talloc_realloc(el1, el1->list2, struct el2 *, 200);
-	el1->list3 = talloc_realloc(el1, el1->list3, struct el2 *, 300);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: REALLOC WITH CHILD\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
-  test type checking
-*/
-static bool test_type(void)
-{
-	void *root;
-	struct el1 {
-		int count;
-	};
-	struct el2 {
-		int count;
-	};
-	struct el1 *el1;
-
-	printf("test: type\n# talloc type checking\n");
-
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	el1 = talloc(root, struct el1);
-
-	el1->count = 1;
-
-	torture_assert("type", talloc_get_type(el1, struct el1) == el1,
-		"type check failed on el1\n");
-	torture_assert("type", talloc_get_type(el1, struct el2) == NULL,
-		"type check failed on el1 with el2\n");
-	talloc_set_type(el1, struct el2);
-	torture_assert("type", talloc_get_type(el1, struct el2) == (struct el2 *)el1,
-		"type set failed on el1 with el2\n");
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: type\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
-  test steal
-*/
-static bool test_steal(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1, *p2;
-
-	printf("test: steal\n# STEAL\n");
-
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	p1 = talloc_array(root, char, 10);
-	CHECK_SIZE("steal", p1, 10);
-
-	p2 = talloc_realloc(root, NULL, char, 20);
-	CHECK_SIZE("steal", p1, 10);
-	CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 30);
-
-	torture_assert("steal", talloc_steal(p1, NULL) == NULL,
-		"failed: stealing NULL should give NULL\n");
-
-	torture_assert("steal", talloc_steal(p1, p1) == p1,
-		"failed: stealing to ourselves is a nop\n");
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("steal", root, 3);
-	CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 30);
-
-	talloc_steal(NULL, p1);
-	talloc_steal(NULL, p2);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("steal", root, 1);
-	CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(p1);
-	talloc_steal(root, p2);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("steal", root, 2);
-	CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 20);
-	
-	talloc_free(p2);
-
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("steal", root, 1);
-	CHECK_SIZE("steal", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	p1 = talloc_size(NULL, 3);
-	talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr);
-	CHECK_SIZE("steal", NULL, 3);
-	talloc_free(p1);
-
-	printf("success: steal\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
-  test move
-*/
-static bool test_move(void)
-{
-	void *root;
-	struct t_move {
-		char *p;
-		int *x;
-	} *t1, *t2;
-
-	printf("test: move\n# MOVE\n");
-
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	t1 = talloc(root, struct t_move);
-	t2 = talloc(root, struct t_move);
-	t1->p = talloc_strdup(t1, "foo");
-	t1->x = talloc(t1, int);
-	*t1->x = 42;
-
-	t2->p = talloc_move(t2, &t1->p);
-	t2->x = talloc_move(t2, &t1->x);
-	torture_assert("move", t1->p == NULL && t1->x == NULL &&
-	    strcmp(t2->p, "foo") == 0 && *t2->x == 42,
-		"talloc move failed");
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: move\n");
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
-  test talloc_realloc_fn
-*/
-static bool test_realloc_fn(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1;
-
-	printf("test: realloc_fn\n# talloc_realloc_fn\n");
-
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	p1 = talloc_realloc_fn(root, NULL, 10);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc_fn", root, 2);
-	CHECK_SIZE("realloc_fn", root, 10);
-	p1 = talloc_realloc_fn(root, p1, 20);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc_fn", root, 2);
-	CHECK_SIZE("realloc_fn", root, 20);
-	p1 = talloc_realloc_fn(root, p1, 0);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("realloc_fn", root, 1);
-	CHECK_SIZE("realloc_fn", root, 0);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: realloc_fn\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-
-static bool test_unref_reparent(void)
-{
-	void *root, *p1, *p2, *c1;
-
-	printf("test: unref_reparent\n# UNREFERENCE AFTER PARENT FREED\n");
-
-	root = talloc_named_const(NULL, 0, "root");
-	p1 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "orig parent");
-	p2 = talloc_named_const(root, 1, "parent by reference");
-
-	c1 = talloc_named_const(p1, 1, "child");
-	talloc_reference(p2, c1);
-
-	CHECK_PARENT("unref_reparent", c1, p1);
-
-	talloc_free(p1);
-
-	CHECK_PARENT("unref_reparent", c1, p2);
-
-	talloc_unlink(p2, c1);
-
-	CHECK_SIZE("unref_reparent", root, 1);
-
-	talloc_free(p2);
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: unref_reparent\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
-  measure the speed of talloc versus malloc
-*/
-static bool test_speed(void)
-{
-	void *ctx = talloc_new(NULL);
-	unsigned count;
-	const int loop = 1000;
-	int i;
-	struct timeval tv;
-
-	printf("test: speed\n# TALLOC VS MALLOC SPEED\n");
-
-	tv = timeval_current();
-	count = 0;
-	do {
-		void *p1, *p2, *p3;
-		for (i=0;i<loop;i++) {
-			p1 = talloc_size(ctx, loop % 100);
-			p2 = talloc_strdup(p1, "foo bar");
-			p3 = talloc_size(p1, 300);
-			talloc_free(p1);
-		}
-		count += 3 * loop;
-	} while (timeval_elapsed(&tv) < 5.0);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "talloc: %.0f ops/sec\n", count/timeval_elapsed(&tv));
-
-	talloc_free(ctx);
-
-	ctx = talloc_pool(NULL, 1024);
-
-	tv = timeval_current();
-	count = 0;
-	do {
-		void *p1, *p2, *p3;
-		for (i=0;i<loop;i++) {
-			p1 = talloc_size(ctx, loop % 100);
-			p2 = talloc_strdup(p1, "foo bar");
-			p3 = talloc_size(p1, 300);
-			talloc_free(p1);
-		}
-		count += 3 * loop;
-	} while (timeval_elapsed(&tv) < 5.0);
-
-	talloc_free(ctx);
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "talloc_pool: %.0f ops/sec\n", count/timeval_elapsed(&tv));
-
-	tv = timeval_current();
-	count = 0;
-	do {
-		void *p1, *p2, *p3;
-		for (i=0;i<loop;i++) {
-			p1 = malloc(loop % 100);
-			p2 = strdup("foo bar");
-			p3 = malloc(300);
-			free(p1);
-			free(p2);
-			free(p3);
-		}
-		count += 3 * loop;
-	} while (timeval_elapsed(&tv) < 5.0);
-	fprintf(stderr, "malloc: %.0f ops/sec\n", count/timeval_elapsed(&tv));
-
-	printf("success: speed\n");
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_lifeless(void)
-{
-	void *top = talloc_new(NULL);
-	char *parent, *child; 
-	void *child_owner = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	printf("test: lifeless\n# TALLOC_UNLINK LOOP\n");
-
-	parent = talloc_strdup(top, "parent");
-	child = talloc_strdup(parent, "child");  
-	(void)talloc_reference(child, parent);
-	(void)talloc_reference(child_owner, child); 
-	talloc_report_full(top, stderr);
-	talloc_unlink(top, parent);
-	talloc_unlink(top, child);
-	talloc_report_full(top, stderr);
-	talloc_free(top);
-	talloc_free(child_owner);
-	talloc_free(child);
-
-	printf("success: lifeless\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-static int loop_destructor_count;
-
-static int test_loop_destructor(char *ptr)
-{
-	loop_destructor_count++;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static bool test_loop(void)
-{
-	void *top = talloc_new(NULL);
-	char *parent;
-	struct req1 {
-		char *req2, *req3;
-	} *req1;
-
-	printf("test: loop\n# TALLOC LOOP DESTRUCTION\n");
-
-	parent = talloc_strdup(top, "parent");
-	req1 = talloc(parent, struct req1);
-	req1->req2 = talloc_strdup(req1, "req2");  
-	talloc_set_destructor(req1->req2, test_loop_destructor);
-	req1->req3 = talloc_strdup(req1, "req3");
-	(void)talloc_reference(req1->req3, req1);
-	talloc_report_full(top, stderr);
-	talloc_free(parent);
-	talloc_report_full(top, stderr);
-	talloc_report_full(NULL, stderr);
-	talloc_free(top);
-
-	torture_assert("loop", loop_destructor_count == 1, 
-				   "FAILED TO FIRE LOOP DESTRUCTOR\n");
-	loop_destructor_count = 0;
-
-	printf("success: loop\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-static int fail_destructor_str(char *ptr)
-{
-	return -1;
-}
-
-static bool test_free_parent_deny_child(void)
-{
-	void *top = talloc_new(NULL);
-	char *level1;
-	char *level2;
-	char *level3;
-
-	printf("test: free_parent_deny_child\n# TALLOC FREE PARENT DENY CHILD\n");
-
-	level1 = talloc_strdup(top, "level1");
-	level2 = talloc_strdup(level1, "level2");
-	level3 = talloc_strdup(level2, "level3");
-
-	talloc_set_destructor(level3, fail_destructor_str);
-	talloc_free(level1);
-	talloc_set_destructor(level3, NULL);
-
-	CHECK_PARENT("free_parent_deny_child", level3, top);
-
-	talloc_free(top);
-
-	printf("success: free_parent_deny_child\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_talloc_ptrtype(void)
-{
-	void *top = talloc_new(NULL);
-	struct struct1 {
-		int foo;
-		int bar;
-	} *s1, *s2, **s3, ***s4;
-	const char *location1;
-	const char *location2;
-	const char *location3;
-	const char *location4;
-
-	printf("test: ptrtype\n# TALLOC PTRTYPE\n");
-
-	s1 = talloc_ptrtype(top, s1);location1 = __location__;
-
-	if (talloc_get_size(s1) != sizeof(struct struct1)) {
-		printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
-		  "talloc_ptrtype() allocated the wrong size %lu (should be %lu)\n"
-		  "]\n", (unsigned long)talloc_get_size(s1),
-		           (unsigned long)sizeof(struct struct1));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	if (strcmp(location1, talloc_get_name(s1)) != 0) {
-		printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
-		  "talloc_ptrtype() sets the wrong name '%s' (should be '%s')\n]\n",
-			talloc_get_name(s1), location1);
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	s2 = talloc_array_ptrtype(top, s2, 10);location2 = __location__;
-
-	if (talloc_get_size(s2) != (sizeof(struct struct1) * 10)) {
-		printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
-			   "talloc_array_ptrtype() allocated the wrong size "
-		       "%lu (should be %lu)\n]\n",
-			(unsigned long)talloc_get_size(s2),
-		    (unsigned long)(sizeof(struct struct1)*10));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	if (strcmp(location2, talloc_get_name(s2)) != 0) {
-		printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
-		"talloc_array_ptrtype() sets the wrong name '%s' (should be '%s')\n]\n",
-			talloc_get_name(s2), location2);
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	s3 = talloc_array_ptrtype(top, s3, 10);location3 = __location__;
-
-	if (talloc_get_size(s3) != (sizeof(struct struct1 *) * 10)) {
-		printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
-			   "talloc_array_ptrtype() allocated the wrong size "
-		       "%lu (should be %lu)\n]\n",
-			   (unsigned long)talloc_get_size(s3),
-		       (unsigned long)(sizeof(struct struct1 *)*10));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	torture_assert_str_equal("ptrtype", location3, talloc_get_name(s3),
-		"talloc_array_ptrtype() sets the wrong name");
-
-	s4 = talloc_array_ptrtype(top, s4, 10);location4 = __location__;
-
-	if (talloc_get_size(s4) != (sizeof(struct struct1 **) * 10)) {
-		printf("failure: ptrtype [\n"
-		      "talloc_array_ptrtype() allocated the wrong size "
-		       "%lu (should be %lu)\n]\n",
-			   (unsigned long)talloc_get_size(s4),
-		       (unsigned long)(sizeof(struct struct1 **)*10));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	torture_assert_str_equal("ptrtype", location4, talloc_get_name(s4),
-		"talloc_array_ptrtype() sets the wrong name");
-
-	talloc_free(top);
-
-	printf("success: ptrtype\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-static int _test_talloc_free_in_destructor(void **ptr)
-{
-	talloc_free(*ptr);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static bool test_talloc_free_in_destructor(void)
-{
-	void *level0;
-	void *level1;
-	void *level2;
-	void *level3;
-	void *level4;
-	void **level5;
-
-	printf("test: free_in_destructor\n# TALLOC FREE IN DESTRUCTOR\n");
-
-	level0 = talloc_new(NULL);
-	level1 = talloc_new(level0);
-	level2 = talloc_new(level1);
-	level3 = talloc_new(level2);
-	level4 = talloc_new(level3);
-	level5 = talloc(level4, void *);
-
-	*level5 = level3;
-	(void)talloc_reference(level0, level3);
-	(void)talloc_reference(level3, level3);
-	(void)talloc_reference(level5, level3);
-
-	talloc_set_destructor(level5, _test_talloc_free_in_destructor);
-
-	talloc_free(level1);
-
-	talloc_free(level0);
-
-	printf("success: free_in_destructor\n");
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_autofree(void)
-{
-#if _SAMBA_BUILD_ < 4
-	/* autofree test would kill smbtorture */
-	void *p;
-	printf("test: autofree\n# TALLOC AUTOFREE CONTEXT\n");
-
-	p = talloc_autofree_context();
-	talloc_free(p);
-
-	p = talloc_autofree_context();
-	talloc_free(p);
-
-	printf("success: autofree\n");
-#endif
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_pool(void)
-{
-	void *pool;
-	void *p1, *p2, *p3, *p4;
-	void *p2_2;
-
-	pool = talloc_pool(NULL, 1024);
-
-	p1 = talloc_size(pool, 80);
-	memset(p1, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p1));
-	p2 = talloc_size(pool, 20);
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-	p3 = talloc_size(p1, 50);
-	memset(p3, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p3));
-	p4 = talloc_size(p3, 1000);
-	memset(p4, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p4));
-
-#if 1 /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20+1);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 20+1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20-1);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 20-1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20-1);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 20-1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
-	talloc_free(p3);
-
-	/* this should reclaim the memory of p4 and p3 */
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 400);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 400", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
-	talloc_free(p1);
-
-	/* this should reclaim the memory of p1 */
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 800);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 800", p2_2 == p1, "failed: pointer not changed");
-	p2 = p2_2;
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
-	/* this should do a malloc */
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 1800);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 1800", p2_2 != p2, "failed: pointer not changed");
-	p2 = p2_2;
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
-	/* this should reclaim the memory from the pool */
-	p3 = talloc_size(pool, 80);
-	torture_assert("pool alloc 80", p3 == p1, "failed: pointer changed");
-	memset(p3, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p3));
-
-	talloc_free(p2);
-	talloc_free(p3);
-
-	p1 = talloc_size(pool, 80);
-	memset(p1, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p1));
-	p2 = talloc_size(pool, 20);
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
-	talloc_free(p1);
-
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20-1);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 20-1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 20-1);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 20-1", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
-	/* this should do a malloc */
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(pool, p2, 1800);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 1800", p2_2 != p2, "failed: pointer not changed");
-	p2 = p2_2;
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
-	/* this should reclaim the memory from the pool */
-	p3 = talloc_size(pool, 800);
-	torture_assert("pool alloc 800", p3 == p1, "failed: pointer changed");
-	memset(p3, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p3));
-
-#endif /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
-
-	talloc_free(pool);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_pool_steal(void)
-{
-	void *root;
-	void *pool;
-	void *p1, *p2;
-	void *p1_2, *p2_2;
-	size_t hdr;
-	size_t ofs1, ofs2;
-
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-	pool = talloc_pool(root, 1024);
-
-	p1 = talloc_size(pool, 4 * 16);
-	torture_assert("pool allocate 4 * 16", p1 != NULL, "failed ");
-	memset(p1, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p1));
-	p2 = talloc_size(pool, 4 * 16);
-	torture_assert("pool allocate 4 * 16", p2 > p1, "failed: !(p2 > p1) ");
-	memset(p2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2));
-
-	ofs1 = PTR_DIFF(p2, p1);
-	hdr = ofs1 - talloc_get_size(p1);
-
-	talloc_steal(root, p1);
-	talloc_steal(root, p2);
-
-	talloc_free(pool);
-
-	p1_2 = p1;
-
-#if 1 /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
-	p1_2 = talloc_realloc_size(root, p1, 5 * 16);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 5 * 16", p1_2 > p2, "failed: pointer not changed");
-	memset(p1_2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p1_2));
-	ofs1 = PTR_DIFF(p1_2, p2);
-	ofs2 = talloc_get_size(p2) + hdr;
-
-	torture_assert("pool realloc ", ofs1 == ofs2, "failed: pointer offset unexpected");
-
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(root, p2, 3 * 16);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 5 * 16", p2_2 == p2, "failed: pointer changed");
-	memset(p2_2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2_2));
-#endif /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
-
-	talloc_free(p1_2);
-
-	p2_2 = p2;
-
-#if 1 /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
-	/* now we should reclaim the full pool */
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(root, p2, 8 * 16);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 8 * 16", p2_2 == p1, "failed: pointer not expected");
-	p2 = p2_2;
-	memset(p2_2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2_2));
-
-	/* now we malloc and free the full pool space */
-	p2_2 = talloc_realloc_size(root, p2, 2 * 1024);
-	torture_assert("pool realloc 2 * 1024", p2_2 != p1, "failed: pointer not expected");
-	memset(p2_2, 0x11, talloc_get_size(p2_2));
-
-#endif /* this relies on ALWAYS_REALLOC == 0 in talloc.c */
-
-	talloc_free(p2_2);
-
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_free_ref_null_context(void)
-{
-	void *p1, *p2, *p3;
-	int ret;
-
-	talloc_disable_null_tracking();
-	p1 = talloc_new(NULL);
-	p2 = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	p3 = talloc_reference(p2, p1);
-	torture_assert("reference", p3 == p1, "failed: reference on null");
-
-	ret = talloc_free(p1);
-	torture_assert("ref free with null parent", ret == 0, "failed: free with null parent");
-	talloc_free(p2);
-
-	talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree();
-	p1 = talloc_new(NULL);
-	p2 = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	p3 = talloc_reference(p2, p1);
-	torture_assert("reference", p3 == p1, "failed: reference on null");
-
-	ret = talloc_free(p1);
-	torture_assert("ref free with null tracked parent", ret == 0, "failed: free with null parent");
-	talloc_free(p2);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_rusty(void)
-{
-	void *root;
-	const char *p1;
-
-	talloc_enable_null_tracking();
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-	p1 = talloc_strdup(root, "foo");
-	talloc_increase_ref_count(p1);
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-	talloc_free(root);
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("null_context", NULL, 2);
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_free_children(void)
-{
-	void *root;
-	char *p1, *p2;
-	const char *name, *name2;
-
-	talloc_enable_null_tracking();
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-	p1 = talloc_strdup(root, "foo1");
-	p2 = talloc_strdup(p1, "foo2");
-
-	talloc_set_name(p1, "%s", "testname");
-	talloc_free_children(p1);
-	/* check its still a valid talloc ptr */
-	talloc_get_size(talloc_get_name(p1));
-	if (strcmp(talloc_get_name(p1), "testname") != 0) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	talloc_set_name(p1, "%s", "testname");
-	name = talloc_get_name(p1);
-	talloc_free_children(p1);
-	/* check its still a valid talloc ptr */
-	talloc_get_size(talloc_get_name(p1));
-	torture_assert("name", name == talloc_get_name(p1), "name ptr changed");
-	torture_assert("namecheck", strcmp(talloc_get_name(p1), "testname") == 0,
-		       "wrong name");
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("name1", p1, 2);
-
-	/* note that this does not free the old child name */
-	talloc_set_name_const(p1, "testname2");
-	name2 = talloc_get_name(p1);
-	/* but this does */
-	talloc_free_children(p1);
-	torture_assert("namecheck", strcmp(talloc_get_name(p1), "testname2") == 0,
-		       "wrong name");
-	CHECK_BLOCKS("name1", p1, 1);
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-	talloc_free(root);
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool test_memlimit(void)
-{
-	void *root;
-	char *l1, *l2, *l3, *l4, *l5, *t;
-
-	printf("test: memlimit\n# MEMORY LIMITS\n");
-
-	printf("==== talloc_new(NULL)\n");
-	root = talloc_new(NULL);
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_size(root, 2048)\n");
-	l1 = talloc_size(root, 2048);
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l1 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_free(l1)\n");
-	talloc_free(l1);
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_strdup(root, level 1)\n");
-	l1 = talloc_strdup(root, "level 1");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l1 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_set_memlimit(l1, 2048)\n");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", talloc_set_memlimit(l1, 2048) == 0,
-		"failed: setting memlimit should never fail\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_size(root, 2048)\n");
-	l2 = talloc_size(l1, 2048);
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l2 == NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_strdup(l1, level 2)\n");
-	l2 = talloc_strdup(l1, "level 2");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l2 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_free(l2)\n");
-	talloc_free(l2);
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_size(NULL, 2048)\n");
-	l2 = talloc_size(NULL, 2048);
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_steal(l1, l2)\n");
-	talloc_steal(l1, l2);
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_strdup(l2, level 3)\n");
-	l3 = talloc_strdup(l2, "level 3");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l3 == NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_free(l2)\n");
-	talloc_free(l2);
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_strdup(NULL, level 2)\n");
-	l2 = talloc_strdup(NULL, "level 2");
-	talloc_steal(l1, l2);
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_strdup(l2, level 3)\n");
-	l3 = talloc_strdup(l2, "level 3");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l3 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_set_memlimit(l3, 1024)\n");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", talloc_set_memlimit(l3, 1024) == 0,
-		"failed: setting memlimit should never fail\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_strdup(l3, level 4)\n");
-	l4 = talloc_strdup(l3, "level 4");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l4 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_set_memlimit(l4, 512)\n");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", talloc_set_memlimit(l4, 512) == 0,
-		"failed: setting memlimit should never fail\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_strdup(l4, level 5)\n");
-	l5 = talloc_strdup(l4, "level 5");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l5 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_realloc(NULL, l5, char, 600)\n");
-	t = talloc_realloc(NULL, l5, char, 600);
-	torture_assert("memlimit", t == NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_realloc(NULL, l5, char, 5)\n");
-	l5 = talloc_realloc(NULL, l5, char, 5);
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l5 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_strdup(l3, level 4)\n");
-	l4 = talloc_strdup(l3, "level 4");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l4 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_set_memlimit(l4, 512)\n");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", talloc_set_memlimit(l4, 512) == 0,
-		"failed: setting memlimit should never fail\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_strdup(l4, level 5)\n");
-	l5 = talloc_strdup(l4, "level 5");
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l5 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== Make new temp context and steal l5\n");
-	t = talloc_new(root);
-	talloc_steal(t, l5);
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-
-	printf("==== talloc_size(t, 2048)\n");
-	l1 = talloc_size(t, 2048);
-	torture_assert("memlimit", l1 != NULL,
-		"failed: alloc should not fail due to memory limit\n");
-
-	talloc_report_full(root, stdout);
-	talloc_free(root);
-
-	printf("success: memlimit\n");
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static void test_reset(void)
-{
-	talloc_set_log_fn(test_log_stdout);
-	test_abort_stop();
-	talloc_disable_null_tracking();
-	talloc_enable_null_tracking_no_autofree();
-}
-
-bool torture_local_talloc(struct torture_context *tctx)
-{
-	bool ret = true;
-
-	setlinebuf(stdout);
-
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_ref1();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_ref2();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_ref3();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_ref4();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_unlink1(); 
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_misc();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_realloc();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_realloc_child(); 
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_steal(); 
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_move(); 
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_unref_reparent();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_realloc_fn(); 
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_type();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_lifeless(); 
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_loop();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_free_parent_deny_child(); 
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_talloc_ptrtype();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_talloc_free_in_destructor();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_pool();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_pool_steal();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_free_ref_null_context();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_rusty();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_free_children();
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_memlimit();
-
-
-	if (ret) {
-		test_reset();
-		ret &= test_speed();
-	}
-	test_reset();
-	ret &= test_autofree();
-
-	test_reset();
-	talloc_disable_null_tracking();
-	return ret;
-}
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/testsuite_main.c b/ctdb/lib/talloc/testsuite_main.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 50ce0f8e3b4..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/testsuite_main.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/*
-   Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
-
-   local testing of talloc routines.
-
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 2004
-
-     ** NOTE! The following LGPL license applies to the talloc
-     ** library. This does NOT imply that all of Samba is released
-     ** under the LGPL
-
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with this library; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "replace.h"
-
-#include "talloc_testsuite.h"
-
-int main(void)
-{
-	bool ret = torture_local_talloc(NULL);
-	if (!ret)
-		return -1;
-	return 0;
-}
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/web/index.html b/ctdb/lib/talloc/web/index.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 388ec2cde20..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/web/index.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
-<HTML>
-<HEAD>
-<TITLE>talloc</TITLE>
-</HEAD>
-<BODY BGCOLOR="#ffffff" TEXT="#000000" VLINK="#292555" LINK="#292555" ALINK="#cc0033">
-
-<h1>talloc</h1>
-
-talloc is a hierarchical pool based memory allocator with
-destructors. It is the core memory allocator used in Samba, and has
-made a huge difference in many aspects of Samba4 development.<p>
-
-To get started with talloc, I would recommend you read the <a
-href="http://samba.org/ftp/unpacked/talloc/talloc_guide.txt">talloc guide</a>.
-
-<h2>Download</h2>
-You can download the latest releases of talloc from the <a
-href="http://samba.org/ftp/talloc">talloc directory</a> on the samba public
-source archive.
-
-<h2>Discussion and bug reports</h2>
-
-talloc does not currently have its own mailing list or bug tracking
-system. For now, please use the <a
-href="https://lists.samba.org/mailman/listinfo/samba-technical">samba-technical</a>
-mailing list, and the <a href="http://bugzilla.samba.org/">Samba
-bugzilla</a> bug tracking system.
-
-<h2>Development</h2>
-
-You can download the latest code either via git or rsync.<br>
-<br>
-To fetch via git see the following guide:<br>
-<a href="http://wiki.samba.org/index.php/Using_Git_for_Samba_Development">Using Git for Samba Development</a><br>
-Once you have cloned the tree switch to the master branch and cd into the lib/talloc directory.<br>
-<br>
-To fetch via rsync use this command:
-
-<pre>
-  rsync -Pavz samba.org::ftp/unpacked/standalone_projects/lib/talloc .
-</pre>
-
-<hr>
-<tiny>
-<a href="http://samba.org/~tridge/">Andrew Tridgell</a><br>
-talloc AT tridgell.net
-</tiny>
-
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
diff --git a/ctdb/lib/talloc/wscript b/ctdb/lib/talloc/wscript
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d3246b26bb..00000000000
--- a/ctdb/lib/talloc/wscript
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env python
-
-APPNAME = 'talloc'
-VERSION = '2.0.8'
-
-
-blddir = 'bin'
-
-import Logs
-import os, sys
-
-# find the buildtools directory
-srcdir = '.'
-while not os.path.exists(srcdir+'/buildtools') and len(srcdir.split('/')) < 5:
-    srcdir = '../' + srcdir
-sys.path.insert(0, srcdir + '/buildtools/wafsamba')
-
-import sys
-sys.path.insert(0, srcdir+"/buildtools/wafsamba")
-import wafsamba, samba_dist, Options
-
-# setup what directories to put in a tarball
-samba_dist.DIST_DIRS('lib/talloc:. lib/replace:lib/replace buildtools:buildtools')
-
-
-def set_options(opt):
-    opt.BUILTIN_DEFAULT('replace')
-    opt.PRIVATE_EXTENSION_DEFAULT('talloc', noextension='talloc')
-    opt.RECURSE('lib/replace')
-    opt.add_option('--enable-talloc-compat1',
-                   help=("Build talloc 1.x.x compat library [False]"),
-                   action="store_true", dest='TALLOC_COMPAT1', default=False)
-    if opt.IN_LAUNCH_DIR():
-        opt.add_option('--disable-python',
-                       help=("disable the pytalloc module"),
-                       action="store_true", dest='disable_python', default=False)
-
-
-def configure(conf):
-    conf.RECURSE('lib/replace')
-
-    conf.env.standalone_talloc = conf.IN_LAUNCH_DIR()
-
-    conf.env.disable_python = getattr(Options.options, 'disable_python', False)
-
-    if not conf.env.standalone_talloc:
-        if conf.CHECK_BUNDLED_SYSTEM_PKG('talloc', minversion=VERSION,
-                                     implied_deps='replace'):
-            conf.define('USING_SYSTEM_TALLOC', 1)
-        if conf.CHECK_BUNDLED_SYSTEM_PKG('pytalloc-util', minversion=VERSION,
-                                     implied_deps='talloc replace'):
-            conf.define('USING_SYSTEM_PYTALLOC_UTIL', 1)
-
-    conf.env.TALLOC_COMPAT1 = Options.options.TALLOC_COMPAT1
-
-    conf.CHECK_XSLTPROC_MANPAGES()
-
-    if not conf.env.disable_python:
-        # also disable if we don't have the python libs installed
-        conf.find_program('python', var='PYTHON')
-        conf.check_tool('python')
-        conf.check_python_version((2,4,2))
-        conf.SAMBA_CHECK_PYTHON_HEADERS(mandatory=False)
-        if not conf.env.HAVE_PYTHON_H:
-            Logs.warn('Disabling pytalloc-util as python devel libs not found')
-            conf.env.disable_python = True
-
-    conf.SAMBA_CONFIG_H()
-
-    conf.SAMBA_CHECK_UNDEFINED_SYMBOL_FLAGS()
-
-
-def build(bld):
-    bld.RECURSE('lib/replace')
-
-    if bld.env.standalone_talloc:
-        bld.env.PKGCONFIGDIR = '${LIBDIR}/pkgconfig'
-        bld.env.TALLOC_VERSION = VERSION
-        private_library = False
-
-        # should we also install the symlink to libtalloc1.so here?
-        bld.SAMBA_LIBRARY('talloc-compat1-%s' % (VERSION),
-                          'compat/talloc_compat1.c',
-                          public_deps='talloc',
-                          soname='libtalloc.so.1',
-                          pc_files=[],
-                          public_headers=[],
-                          enabled=bld.env.TALLOC_COMPAT1)
-
-        bld.SAMBA_BINARY('talloc_testsuite',
-                         'testsuite_main.c testsuite.c',
-                         deps='talloc',
-                         install=False)
-
-    else:
-        private_library = True
-
-    if not bld.CONFIG_SET('USING_SYSTEM_TALLOC'):
-
-        bld.SAMBA_LIBRARY('talloc',
-                          'talloc.c',
-                          deps='replace',
-                          abi_directory='ABI',
-                          abi_match='talloc* _talloc*',
-                          hide_symbols=True,
-                          vnum=VERSION,
-                          public_headers='talloc.h',
-                          pc_files='talloc.pc',
-                          public_headers_install=not private_library,
-                          private_library=private_library,
-                          manpages='talloc.3')
-
-    if not bld.CONFIG_SET('USING_SYSTEM_PYTALLOC_UTIL') and not bld.env.disable_python:
-        bld.SAMBA_LIBRARY('pytalloc-util',
-            source='pytalloc_util.c',
-            public_deps='talloc',
-            pyembed=True,
-            vnum=VERSION,
-            hide_symbols=True,
-            abi_directory='ABI',
-            abi_match='pytalloc_*',
-            private_library=private_library,
-            public_headers='pytalloc.h',
-            pc_files='pytalloc-util.pc'
-            )
-        bld.SAMBA_PYTHON('pytalloc',
-                         'pytalloc.c',
-                         deps='talloc pytalloc-util',
-                         enabled=True,
-                         realname='talloc.so')
-
-def test(ctx):
-    '''run talloc testsuite'''
-    import Utils, samba_utils
-    cmd = os.path.join(Utils.g_module.blddir, 'talloc_testsuite')
-    ret = samba_utils.RUN_COMMAND(cmd)
-    print("testsuite returned %d" % ret)
-    sys.exit(ret)
-
-def dist():
-    '''makes a tarball for distribution'''
-    samba_dist.dist()
-
-def reconfigure(ctx):
-    '''reconfigure if config scripts have changed'''
-    import samba_utils
-    samba_utils.reconfigure(ctx)
-
-
-def pydoctor(ctx):
-    '''build python apidocs'''
-    cmd='PYTHONPATH=bin/python pydoctor --project-name=talloc --project-url=http://talloc.samba.org/ --make-html --docformat=restructuredtext --introspect-c-modules --add-module bin/python/talloc.*'
-    print("Running: %s" % cmd)
-    os.system(cmd)